2 समय के महत्व को जान , कर्मों की गुह्य गति का अटेन्शन रखो , नष्टोमोहा , एवररेडी बनो samay kē|K mahatva kō jān , karmō̃ kī|key guhya gati kā attention rakhō , naṣhṭōmōhā , ever ready banō samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jānnā[root]|jān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , karm[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key guhya[adj.] gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , naṣhṭōmōhā[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ever ready bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] time (of|K) importance to (know[root]|x) , deed (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) deep speed of attention keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , destroyer of attachment , ever-ready become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
1Knowing the importance of time pay attention to the deep philosophy of karma, become a conqueror of attachment and ever-ready.
3आज सर्व खज़ानों के दाता , ज्ञान का खज़ाना , शक्तियों का खज़ाना , सर्व गुणों का खज़ाना , श्रेष्ठ संकल्पों का खज़ाना देने वाला बापदादा अपने चारों ओर के खज़ाने के बालक सो मालिक अधिकारी बच्चों को देख रहे हैं . āj sarv khazānō̃ kē|K dātā , gyān kā khazānā , śhaktiyō̃ kā khazānā , sarv guṇō̃ kā khazānā , śhrēṣhṭh saṅkalpō̃ kā khazānā dēnē vālā bāpdādā apnē chārō̃ ōr kē|K khazānē kē|K bālak sō mālik adhikārī bachchō̃ kō dēkh rahē haĩ . āj sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] , gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , sarv[adj.] guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bālak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sō|sōnā[root] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today all treasure (of|K) bestower , knowledge of treasure , Shakti of treasure , all virtue of treasure , elevated thought of treasure give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who BapDada one’s own everywhere (of|K) treasure (of|K) x (x|sleep[root]) master (one) who has a right child to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
2Today, BapDada, the Bestower of all Treasures - the treasure of knowledge, the treasure of powers, the treasure of virtues and the treasure of elevated thoughts - is seeing all His children everywhere who are the children and the masters who have a right.
4अखण्ड खज़ानों के मालिक बाप सभी बच्चों को सर्व खज़ानों से सम्पन्न कर रहा है . akhaṇḍ khazānō̃ kē|K mālik bāp sabhī bachchō̃ kō sarv khazānō̃ sē sampann kar rahā hai . akhaṇḍ[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sampann[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . constant treasure (of|K) master father all child to all treasure from full do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
3The Father who is the Master of the unending treasures is making all His children full of all treasures.
5हर एक को सर्व खज़ाने देते हैं . har ēk kō sarv khazānē dētē haĩ . har ēk[x] kō[postp.] sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . each one to all treasure give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
4He gives each one of you all the treasures.
6किसको कम , किसको ज्यादा नहीं देते क्योंकि अखण्ड खज़ाना है . kiskō kam|cum , kiskō jyādā nahī̃ dētē kyōṅki akhaṇḍ khazānā hai . kaun[pn.sg.kō] kam[adj.]|cum , kaun[pn.sg.kō] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kyōṅki akhaṇḍ[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . who[.kō] (less|x) , who[.kō] more not give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] because constant treasure be[pres.sg.23] .
5He doesn't give less to some and more to others because the treasures are unending.
7चारों ओर के बच्चे बापदादा के नयनों में समाये हुए हैं . chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchē bāpdādā kē|K nayanō̃ mē̃ samāyē huē haĩ . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nayan, nain[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] samānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . everywhere (of|K) child BapDada (of|K) eye in merge[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
6All the children everywhere are merged in BapDada's eyes.
8सभी खज़ानों से भरपूर हर्षित हो रहे हैं . sabhī khazānō̃ sē bharpūr harṣhit hō rahē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bharpūr[adj.] harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . all treasure from full cheerful be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
7All who are full of all treasures are pleased.
9आजकल के समय प्रमाण सबसे अमूल्य श्रेष्ठ खज़ाना है - पुरूषोत्तम संगम का समय क्योंकि इस संगम पर ही सारे कल्प की प्रालब्ध बना सकते हो . ājkal kē|K samay pramāṇ sabsē amūlya śhrēṣhṭh khazānā hai - purūṣhōttam saṅgam kā samay kyōṅki is saṅgam par hī sārē kalp kī|key prālabdh banā saktē hō . ājkal kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ sabsē amūlya[adj.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - purūṣhōttam[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyōṅki yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hī[p.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] banānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . nowadays (of|K) time (under) the most invaluable elevated treasure be[pres.sg.23] - the most elevated humans confluence of time because this confluence (at|other) only the whole cycle (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) reward create[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
8According to the present time, the most invaluable elevated treasure is the time of the most auspicious confluence age because it is only at this time that you can create the reward for the whole cycle.
10इस छोटे से युग का एक सेकण्ड प्राप्तियों और प्रालब्ध के प्रमाण एक सेकण्ड की वैल्यु एक वर्ष के समान है . is chhōṭē sē yug kā ēk second prāptiyō̃ aur prālabdh kē|K pramāṇ ēk second kī|key value ēk varṣh kē|K samān hai . yah[pn.sg.o.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] yug[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] second prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] aur prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ ēk[adj.] second kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key value ēk[adj.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samān[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this small from age of one second attainment and reward (of|K) (under) one second (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) Values one year (of|K) equal be[pres.sg.23] .
9In terms of the value of the attainments and the reward of this short age, the value of one second is equal to one year.
11इतना यह अमूल्य समय है . itnā yah amūlya samay hai . itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] amūlya[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such this invaluable time be[pres.sg.23] .
10This time is so invaluable.
12इस समय के लिए ही गायन है - अब नहीं तो कब नहीं क्योंकि इस समय ही परमात्म पार्ट नूंधा हुआ है . is samay kē liē hī gāyan hai - ab nahī̃ tō kab nahī̃ kyōṅki is samay hī paramātma part nūndhā huā hai . is samay[x] kē liē[x] hī[p.] gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - ab[adv.] nahī̃ tō[x] kab nahī̃[neg] kyōṅki is samay[x] hī[p.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] nūndhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . at this time for only x be[pres.sg.23] - now otherwise when not because at this time only Supreme Soul part x be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
11It is of this time that it is sung: "If not now, then never", because it is at this time that the Godly part is fixed.
13इसलिए इस समय को हीरे तुल्य कहा जाता है . isliē is samay kō hīrē tulya kahā jātā hai . isliē is samay[x] kō[postp.] hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tulya[adj.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] . therefore at this time to diamond as valuable as (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) .
12That is why this time is said to be as valuable as a diamond.
14सतयुग को गोल्डन एज कहा जाता है . satyug kō golden age kahā jātā hai . satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] golden age[x] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] . golden age to golden age (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) .
13Satyug is called the golden age.
15लेकिन इस समय , समय भी हीरे तुल्य है और आप सब बच्चे भी हीरे तुल्य जीवन के अनुभवी आत्मायें हो | इस समय ही बहुतकाल की बिछुड़ी हुई आत्मायें परमात्म मिलन , परमात्म प्यार , परमात्म नॉलेज , परमात्म खज़ानों के प्राप्ति के अधिकारी बनते हैं . lēkin is samay , samay bhī hīrē tulya hai aur āp sab bachchē bhī hīrē tulya jīvan kē|K anubhavī ātmāyē̃ hō | is samay hī bahutkāl kī|key bichhuṛī huī ātmāyē̃ paramātma milan , paramātma pyār , paramātma knowledge , paramātma khazānō̃ kē|K prāpti kē|K adhikārī bantē haĩ . lēkin is samay[x] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tulya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tulya[adj.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anubhavī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] | is samay[x] hī[p.] bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bichhuṛnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] knowledge , paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . but at this time , time too diamond as valuable as be[pres.sg.23] and you all child too diamond as valuable as life (of|K) experienced soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) | at this time only a long period of time (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) want to be separated[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] soul Supreme Soul meeting , Supreme Soul love , Supreme Soul knowledge , Supreme Soul treasure (of|K) attainment (of|K) (one) who has a right become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
14However, at the present time, time is as valuable as a diamond and you children are the experienced souls whose life is like a diamond. 15It is only at this time that souls who have been separated for a long time have a right to the attainment of a meeting with God, God's love, Godly knowledge and God's treasures.
16सारे कल्प में देव आत्मायें , महान आत्मायें हैं लेकिन इस समय परमात्म ईश्वरीय परिवार है . sārē kalp mē̃ dēv ātmāyē̃ , mahān ātmāyē̃ haĩ lēkin is samay paramātma īśhvarīy parivār hai . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēv[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , mahān, mahā[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin is samay[x] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] īśhvarīy parivār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . the whole cycle in deity soul , great soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] but at this time Supreme Soul Godly family be[pres.sg.23] .
16Throughout the whole cycle you are deity souls, great souls, but at this time you are God's divine family.
17इसलिए जितना इस वर्तमान समय का महत्व है , इस महत्व को जान , जितना अपने को श्रेष्ठ बनाने चाहे उतना बना सकते हैं . isliē jitnā is vartamān samay kā mahatva hai , is mahatva kō jān , jitnā apnē kō śhrēṣhṭh banānē chāhē utnā banā saktē haĩ . isliē jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] vartamān[adj.] samay kā mahatva[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.o.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jānnā[root]|jān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . therefore the more this present x be[pres.sg.23] , this importance to (know[root]|x) , the more one’s own to elevated create[inf.m.pl.,o.] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
17Therefore, to the extent that there is importance of this present time, know this importance and you can make yourself as elevated as you want.
18आप सब भी इस महान युग के परमात्म भाग्य को प्राप्त करने वाले पदमापदम भाग्यवान हो ना ! āp sab bhī is mahān yug kē|K paramātma bhāgya kō prāpt karnē vālē padmāpadam bhāgyavān hō nā ! āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] bhī[p.] yah[pn.sg.o.] mahān, mahā[adj.] yug[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] prāpt[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] padmāpadma[adj.] bhāgyavān[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! you all too this great age (of|K) Supreme Soul x to reached do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who multimillion times fortunate (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
18All of you are the multimillion times fortunate souls who have attained the Godly fortune of this great age, are you not?
19ऐसे अपने श्रेष्ठ भाग्य के रूहानी नशे और भाग्य को जानते , अनुभव कर रहे हो ना ! aisē apnē śhrēṣhṭh bhāgya kē|K rūhānī naśhē aur bhāgya kō jāntē , anubhav kar rahē hō nā ! aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūhānī[adj.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] aur bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] nā ! such one’s own elevated x (of|K) spiritual intoxication and x to know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , experience do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ∅ !
19Knowing your elevated fortune, you are experiencing the spiritual intoxication of your fortune, are you not?
20खुशी होती है ना ! khuśhī hōtī hai nā ! khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā ! happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ !
20You are happy, are you not?
21दिल में क्या गीत गाते हो ? dil mē̃ kyā gīt gātē hō ? dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[pres.pl.m.2] ? heart in what x sing[pres.pl.m.2] ?
21What song do you sing in your heart?
22वाह मेरा भाग्य वाह ! vāh mērā bhāgya vāh ! vāh maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāh ! wah! I[.kā] x wah! !
22Wah my fortune! wah!
23क्योंकि इस समय के श्रेष्ठ भाग्य के आगे और कोई भी युग में ऐसा श्रेष्ठ भाग्य प्राप्त हो नहीं सकता . kyōṅki is samay kē|K śhrēṣhṭh bhāgya kē āgē aur kōī bhī yug mē̃ aisā śhrēṣhṭh bhāgya prāpt hō nahī̃ saktā . kyōṅki is samay[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē āgē[x] aur kōī[x] bhī[p.] yug[x] mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . because at this time (of|K) elevated x in front of someone else too age in such elevated x reached (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
23Because, compared to the elevated fortune of this time, in no other age can you attain such fortune.
24तो बोलो , सदा अपने भाग्य को स्मृति में रखते हर्षित होते हो ना ! tō bōlō , sadā apnē bhāgya kō smr̥iti mē̃ rakhtē harṣhit hōtē hō nā ! tō bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! then speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , constantly one’s own x to awareness in keep[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] cheerful be[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
24So speak: Always keeping your fortune in your awareness, you remain happy, do you not?
25होते हो ? hōtē hō ? hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? be[pres.pl.m.2] ?
25Do you?
26जो समझते हैं कि सदा हर्षित होते हैं , कभी-कभी वाले नहीं , जो सदा हर्षित रहते हैं वह हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtē haĩ ki sadā harṣhit hōtē haĩ , kabhī-kabhī vālē nahī̃ , jō sadā harṣhit rahtē haĩ vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] sadā harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kabhī[adv.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] , jō[pn.;d.] sadā harṣhit[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that constantly cheerful be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , ever those who not , that constantly cheerful remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that raise your hands .
26Those who feel that they are always happy, not those who are happy sometimes, those who always remain happy, raise your hands!
27सदा , सदा … . sadā , sadā … . sadā , sadā … . constantly , constantly … .
27Always! 28(Sada) Always!
28अण्डरलाइन करना सदा . underline karnā sadā . underline karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sadā . underline do[inf.m.sg.d.] constantly . 29अभी टी . वी . में आपका फोटो आ रहा है . abhī T . we|V . mē̃ āpkā phōṭō ā rahā hai . ab[adv.hī] T . we|V . mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kā] photo ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . now x . (x) . in you[.kā] photograph come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
29Underline, 'Always!' Your photo is now being shown on the TV.
30सदा वालों का फोटो आ रहा है . sadā vālō̃ kā phōṭō ā rahā hai . sadā vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] photo ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . constantly those who of photograph come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
30The photo of those who are always happy is being shown on the TV.
31मुबारक हो . mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
31Congratulations.
32मातायें उठायें , शक्तियां उठायें , डबल फारेनर्स … . mātāyē̃ uṭhāyē̃ , śhaktiyā̃ uṭhāyē̃ , double foreigners … . mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] uṭhānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] uṭhānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , double foreigner … . mother uplift[opt.pl.12hon3] , Shakti uplift[opt.pl.12hon3] , double foreigner … . 33क्या शब्द याद रखेंगे ? kyā śhabda yād rakhē̃gē ? kyā śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? what word remember ?
32Mothers, raise your hands! 33Shaktis, raise your hands! 34Double foreigners... what word will you remember?
34सदा . sadā . sadā . constantly .
35Always.
35कभी-कभी वाले तो पीछे आने वाले हैं . kabhī-kabhī vālē tō pīchhē ānē vālē haĩ . kabhī[adv.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō pīchhē ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . ever those who then x (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
36Those who are this only sometimes will come later.
36बापदादा ने पहले भी सुनाया है कि समय की रफ्तार बहुत तीव्र गति से आगे बढ़ रही है . bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī sunāyā hai ki samay kī|key raphtār bahut tīvr gati sē āgē baṛh rahī hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] sunānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key raphtār[n.f.;sg.] bahut tīvr[adj.] gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too speak[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that time (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) speed very intense speed from previously grow[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . 37समय की गति को जानने वाले अपने को चेक करो कि मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान हमारी गति तीव्र है ? samay kī|key gati kō jānnē vālē apnē kō check karō ki master sarvśhaktivān hamārī gati tīvr hai ? samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] jānnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] ham[pn.pl.kī] gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tīvr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? time (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) speed to know[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who one’s own to check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that master Almighty Authority we[.kī] speed intense be[pres.sg.23] ?
37BapDada has also told you earlier that the speed of time is now moving ahead very fast. 38Those who know the speed of time should check themselves: As a master almighty authority, is my speed fast?
38पुरूषार्थ तो सब कर रहे हैं लेकिन बापदादा क्या देखने चाहते ? purūṣhārth tō sab kar rahē haĩ lēkin bāpdādā kyā dēkhnē chāhtē ? puruṣhārth tō sab[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] lēkin bāpdādā kyā dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? effort then all do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] but BapDada what see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
39Everyone is making effort, but what does BapDada want to see?
39हर बच्चा तीव्र पुरूषार्थी , हर सबजेक्ट में पास विद आनर है वा सिर्फ पास है ? har|her bachchā tīvr purūṣhārthī , har|her subject mē̃ pass with honour hai vā sirph pās|pass hai ? harnā[root]|har|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] , harnā[root]|har|her subject mē̃[postp.] pass with honour[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vā sirph[adj.] pās|pass hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? (x[root]|x) child intense effort-maker , (x[root]|x) subject in pass with honours be[pres.sg.23] or only (x|pass) be[pres.sg.23] ?
40Is every child a fast effort-maker and passing with honours in every subject or has just passed?
40तीव्र पुरूषार्थी के लक्षण विशेष दो हैं - एक - नष्टोमोहा , दूसरा - एवररेडी . tīvr purūṣhārthī kē|K lakṣhaṇ viśhēṣh dō haĩ - ēk - naṣhṭōmōhā , dūsrā - ever ready . tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] - ēk[adj.] - naṣhṭōmōhā[n.m.;sg.,d.] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - ever ready . intense effort-maker (of|K) qualification special (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) be[pres.pl.12hon3] - one - destroyer of attachment , other - ever-ready .
41Those who are fast effort-makers have two special qualifications. 421. Conqueror of attachment. 432. Ever-ready.
41सबसे पहले नष्टोमोहा , इस देहभान , देह-अभिमान से है तो और बातों में नष्टोमोहा होना कोई मुश्किल नहीं है . sabsē pahlē naṣhṭōmōhā , is dēhbhān , dēh-abhimān sē hai tō aur bātō̃ mē̃ naṣhṭōmōhā hōnā kōī muśhkil nahī̃ hai . sabsē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] naṣhṭōmōhā[n.m.;sg.,d.] , yah[pn.sg.o.] dēhbhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , dēh-abhimān[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō aur bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] naṣhṭōmōhā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] muśhkil[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . the most (x|firstly) destroyer of attachment , this body consciousness , body consciousness from be[pres.sg.23] then and matter in destroyer of attachment be[inf.m.sg.d.] some difficult not be[pres.sg.23] .
44First of all, you have to be a conqueror of attachment. 45If you are free from attachment to your body and the consciousness of your body, then it is not difficult to become a conqueror of attachment to other things.
42देह-भान की निशानी है वेस्ट , व्यर्थ संकल्प , व्यर्थ समय , यह चेकिंग स्वयं ही अच्छी तरह से कर सकते हो . dēh-bhān kī|key niśhānī hai waste|west , vyarth saṅkalp , vyarth samay , yah checking svayã hī achchhī tarah sē kar saktē hō . dēhbhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] waste|west , vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] checking svayã hī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . body consciousness (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) sign be[pres.sg.23] (waste|west) , wasteful thought , wasteful time , this x x only achcha x from do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
46The sign of body consciousness is waste: wasteful thoughts and wasting time. 47You can check yourself in this very well.
43साधारण समय वह भी नष्टोमोहा होने नहीं देता . sādhāraṇ samay vah bhī naṣhṭōmōhā hōnē nahī̃ dētā . sādhāraṇ[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] naṣhṭōmōhā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . ordinary time that too destroyer of attachment be[inf.m.pl.,o.] not give[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
48Even spending your time in an ordinary way does not allow you to become a conqueror of attachment.
44तो चेक करो हर सेकण्ड , हर संकल्प , हर कर्म , सफल हुआ ? tō check karō har|her second , har|her saṅkalp , har|her karma , saphal huā ? tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] harnā[root]|har|her second , harnā[root]|har|her saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , harnā[root]|har|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] , saphal[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (x[root]|x) second , (x[root]|x) thought , (x[root]|x) deed , successful be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
49So, check whether your every second, every thought and every action was successful.
45क्योंकि संगमयुग पर विशेष बाप का वरदान है , सफलता आपका जन्म सिद्ध अधिकार है . kyōṅki saṅgamyug par viśhēṣh bāp kā vardān hai , saphaltā āpkā janm siddha adhikār hai . kyōṅki saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] viśhēṣh[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kā] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] siddh[adj.] adhikār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because confluence age (at|other) special father of blessing be[pres.sg.23] , success you[.kā] (life|be born[root]) successful right be[pres.sg.23] .
50At the confluence age, the special blessing from the Father is: Success is your birthright.
46तो अधिकार सहज अनुभूति कराता है . tō adhikār sahaj anubhūti karātā hai . tō adhikār[x] sahaj[adj.] anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] karānā[pres.sg.m.23] . then right easy experience make commit[pres.sg.m.23] .
51So, a right gives you the experience of it being easy.
47और एवररेडी , एवररेडी का अर्थ है - मन-वचन-कर्म , सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क में समय का आर्डर हो अचानक तो एवररेडी और अचानक ही होना है . aur ever ready , ever ready kā arth|earth hai - man-vachan-karma , sambandh-sampark mē̃ samay kā order hō achānak tō ever ready aur achānak hī hōnā hai . aur ever ready , ever ready kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hōnā[pres.sg.23] - man-vachan-karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] order hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] achānak tō ever ready aur achānak hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . and ever-ready , ever-ready of (meaning|earth) be[pres.sg.23] - thoughts, words and deeds , x in time of order (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) suddenly then ever-ready and suddenly only be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
52So, now then, ever-ready! 53Ever-ready means that if time suddenly gives you an order, then, in your thoughts, words, deeds, relationships and connections you are ever-ready. 54And it will happen suddenly.
48जैसे अपनी दादी को देखा अचानक एवररेडी . jaisē apnī dādī kō dēkhā achānak ever ready . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] achānak ever ready . like one’s own Dadi to see[past-part.m.sg.d.] suddenly ever-ready .
55For instance, you saw your Dadi. 56She was ever-ready for 'suddenly'.
49हर स्वभाव में , हर कार्य में इजी रहे हैं . har|her svabhāv mē̃ , har|her kārya mē̃ easy rahē haĩ . harnā[root]|har|her svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , harnā[root]|har|her kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] easy rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . (x[root]|x) nature in , (x[root]|x) task in easy remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
57She was easy in her nature in every way and in every task.
50सम्पर्क में इजी , स्वभाव में इजी , सेवा में इजी , सन्तुष्ट करने में इजी , सन्तुष्ट रहने में इजी . samparka mē̃ easy , svabhāv mē̃ easy , sēvā mē̃ easy , santuṣhṭ karnē mē̃ easy , santuṣhṭ rahnē mē̃ easy . sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] easy , svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] easy , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] easy , santuṣhṭ[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] easy , santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] easy . x in easy , nature in easy , service in easy , content do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in easy , content remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] in easy .
58She was easy in connection, easy in her nature, easy in service, easy in making everyone content and easy in remaining content.
51इसीलिए बापदादा समय की समीपता का बार-बार इशारा दे रहा है . isīliē bāpdādā samay kī|key samīpatā kā bār-bār iśhārā dē rahā hai . isīliē bāpdādā samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key samīpatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bār[n.f.;sg.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . x BapDada time (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) closeness of time signal give[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
59This is why BapDada is repeatedly giving you the signal of the closeness of time.
52स्व-पुरूषार्थ का समय बहुत थोड़ा है , इसलिए अपने जमा के खाते को चेक करो . sv-purūṣārtha kā samay bahut thōṛā hai , isliē apnē jamā kē|K khātē kō check karō . x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , isliē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kō[postp.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x of time very short be[pres.sg.23] , therefore one’s own (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) (of|K) (account|eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]) to check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
60The time for making effort for the self is very short. 61Therefore, check your account of accumulation.
53तीन विधियां खज़ानों को जमा करने की पहले भी बताई हैं , फिर से सुना रहे हैं . tīn vidhiyā̃ khazānō̃ kō jamā karnē kī|key pahlē bhī batāī haĩ , phir sē sunā rahē haĩ . tīn[adj.] vidhi[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] batānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , phir sē[x] sunānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . x method treasure to (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) (x|firstly) too tell[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , again speak[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
62Baba has already told you earlier three methods for accumulating in your account of accumulation. 63Baba is telling you once again.
54उन तीनों विधियों को स्वयं चेक करो . un tīnō̃ vidhiyō̃ kō svayã check karō . vah[pn.pl.o.] tīnō̃[adj.] vidhi[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] svayã check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that all three method to x check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
64Check these three methods yourself.
55एक है स्वयं के पुरूषार्थ से प्रालब्ध का खज़ाना जमा करना . ēk hai svayã kē|K purūṣhārth sē prālabdh kā khazānā jamā karnā . ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] svayã kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K puruṣhārth sē[postp.] prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jamā karnā[x] . one be[pres.sg.23] x (of|K) effort from reward of treasure accumulate . 56प्राप्तियों का खज़ाना जमा करना . prāptiyō̃ kā khazānā jamā karnā . prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jamā karnā[x] . attainment of treasure accumulate .
651. To accumulate the treasure of your reward through your own efforts, to accumulate the treasure of attainments.
57दूसरा है - सन्तुष्ट रहना , इसमें भी सदा शब्द एड करो और सर्व को सन्तुष्ट करना , इससे पुण्य का खाता जमा होता है . dūsrā hai - santuṣhṭ rahnā , ismē̃ bhī sadā śhabda add karō aur sarv kō santuṣhṭ karnā , issē puṇya kā khātā jamā hōtā hai . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.mē̃] bhī[p.] sadā śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] add karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur sarv[adj.] kō[postp.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.sē] puṇya kā khātā[x] jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . other be[pres.sg.23] - content remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , this[.mē̃] too constantly word add do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and all to content do[inf.m.sg.d.] , this[.sē] accounts of charity (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) be[pres.sg.m.23] .
662. To remain content - add the word 'always' to this too. 67To make everyone content, because by doing this you accumulate in your account of charity.
58और यह पुण्य का खाता अनेक जन्मों के प्रालब्ध का आधार रहता है . aur yah puṇya kā khātā anēk janmō̃ kē|K prālabdh kā ādhār rahtā hai . aur yah[pn.sg.d.] puṇya kā khātā[x] anēk[adj.] janm[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . and this accounts of charity many life (of|K) reward of basis remain[pres.sg.m.23] .
68And this account of charity is the basis of the reward for many births.
59तीसरा है - सदा सेवा में अथक , निःस्वार्थ और बड़ी दिल से सेवा करना , इससे जिसकी सेवा करते हैं उनसे स्वतः ही दुआयें मिलती हैं . tīsrā hai - sadā sēvā mē̃ athak , niḥsvārth aur baṛī dil sē sēvā karnā , issē jiskī sēvā kartē haĩ unsē svataḥ hī duāyē̃ miltī haĩ . tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - sadā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] athak[adj.] , niḥsvārth[adj.] aur baṛī dil[x] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.sē] jō[pn.sg.kī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.sē] svataḥ hī[p.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . third be[pres.sg.23] - constantly service in x , altruistic and x from service do[inf.m.sg.d.] , this[.sē] that[.kī] service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.sē] automatically only blessing receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .
693. To remain constantly tireless and altruistic and to serve with a big heart. 70Whomever you serve in this way, you automatically receive blessings from that one.
60यह तीन विधियां हैं , स्वयं का पुरूषार्थ , पुण्य और दुआ . yah tīn vidhiyā̃ haĩ , svayã kā purūṣhārth , puṇya aur duā . yah[pn.sg.d.] tīn[adj.] vidhi[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , svayã kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth , puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur duā[n.f.;sg.] . this x method be[pres.pl.12hon3] , x of effort , charity and blessing .
71These are the three methods - effort of the self, charity and blessings.
61यह तीनों खाते जमा हैं ? yah tīnō̃ khātē jamā haĩ ? yah[pn.sg.d.] tīnō̃[adj.] khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] jamnā[x] ? this all three (account|eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]) x[x] ?
72Have you accumulated in all these three accounts?
62तो चेक करो क्योंकि अगर अचानक कोई भी पेपर आ जाए , क्योंकि आजकल के समय अनुसार प्रकृति के हलचल की छोटी-छोटी बातें कभी भी आ सकती हैं . tō check karō kyōṅki agar achānak kōī bhī paper ā jāē , kyōṅki ājkal kē|K samay anusār prakr̥iti kē|K halchal kī|key chhōṭī-chhōṭī bātē̃ kabhī bhī ā saktī haĩ . tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki agar achānak kōī bhī[x] paper ānā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , kyōṅki ājkal kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] anusār prakr̥iti[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K halchal[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+saknā] . then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because if suddenly anyone paper come[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , because nowadays (of|K) time according to matter (of|K) upheaval (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) small matter ever too come[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+saknā] .
73So check this for when you suddenly have a test paper, because, nowadays, according to the time, little things of matter can come any time due to the upheaval of nature.
63इसलिए कर्मो के गति का नॉलेज विशेष अटेन्शन में रहे . isliē karmō kē|K gati kā knowledge viśhēṣh attention mē̃ rahē . isliē karm[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] knowledge viśhēṣh[adj.] attention mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . therefore deed (of|K) speed of knowledge special attention in (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
74Therefore, pay special attention to the knowledge of the philosophy of karma.
64कर्मो की गति बड़ी गुह्य है . karmō kī|key gati baṛī guhya hai . karm[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] guhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . deed (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) speed very deep be[pres.sg.23] .
75The philosophy of karma is very deep.
65जैसे ड्रामा का अटेन्शन रहता , आत्मिक स्वरूप का अटेन्शन रहता , धारणाओं का अटेन्शन रहता , ऐसे ही कर्मो की गुह्य गति का भी अटेन्शन आवश्यक है . jaisē drama kā attention rahtā , ātmik svarūp kā attention rahtā , dhārṇāō̃ kā attention rahtā , aisē hī karmō kī|key guhya gati kā bhī attention āvaśhyak hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] drama kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention rahnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , ātmik[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention rahnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , dhārṇā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention rahnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] karm[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key guhya[adj.] gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] attention āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . like drama of attention remain[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , soul-conscious form of attention remain[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , dharna of attention remain[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , such only deed (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) deep speed of too attention x be[pres.sg.23] .
76Just as you pay attention to the drama, you pay attention to remaining soul conscious, you pay attention to your inculcation, in the same way, it is necessary to pay attention to the deep philosophy of karma.
66साधारण कर्म , साधारण समय , साधारण संकल्प इससे प्रालब्ध में फर्क पड़ जाता है . sādhāraṇ karma , sādhāraṇ samay , sādhāraṇ saṅkalp issē prālabdh mē̃ phark paṛ jātā hai . sādhāraṇ[adj.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sādhāraṇ[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sādhāraṇ[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.sē] prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . ordinary deed , ordinary time , ordinary thought this[.sē] reward in difference fall[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
77Ordinary actions, ordinary time and ordinary thoughts create a difference in your reward.
67इस समय आप सभी जो पुरूषार्थी हैं वह श्रेष्ठ विशेष आत्मायें हैं , साधारण आत्मायें नहीं हो . is samay āp sabhī jō purūṣhārthī haĩ vah śhrēṣhṭh viśhēṣh ātmāyē̃ haĩ , sādhāraṇ ātmāyē̃ nahī̃ hō . is samay[x] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] purūṣhārthī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , sādhāraṇ[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . at this time you all that effort-maker be[pres.pl.12hon3] that elevated special soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] , ordinary soul not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
78At this time, all of you effort-makers are elevated, special souls; you are not ordinary.
68विश्व कल्याण के निमित्त , विश्व परिवर्तन के निमित्त बनी हुई आत्मायें हो . viśhva kalyāṇ kē nimitt , viśhva parivartan kē nimitt banī huī ātmāyē̃ hō . viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē nimitt[x] , viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[past-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . world benefit x , world transformation x become[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
79You are souls who are instruments for world transformation and world benevolence.
69सिर्फ अपने को परिवर्तन करने वाले नहीं हो , विश्व के परिवर्तन के जिम्मेवार हो . sirph apnē kō parivartan karnē vālē nahī̃ hō , viśhva kē|K parivartan kē|K jimmēvār hō . sirph[adj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jimmēvār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . only one’s own to transformation do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , world (of|K) transformation (of|K) x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
80You are not those who simply transform yourselves; you are responsible for world transformation.
70इसलिए अपने श्रेष्ठ स्वमान के स्मृति स्वरूप बनना ही है . isliē apnē śhrēṣhṭh svamān kē|K smr̥iti svarūp bannā hī hai . isliē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] svamān[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K smr̥iti svarūp[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . therefore one’s own elevated self-respect (of|K) x become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
81Therefore, you definitely have to become embodiments of the awareness of your elevated self-respect.
71बापदादा ने देखा सभी का बापदादा और सेवा से अच्छा प्यार है . bāpdādā nē dēkhā sabhī kā bāpdādā aur sēvā sē achchhā pyār hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāpdādā aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] all of BapDada and service from achcha love be[pres.sg.23] .
82BapDada has seen that all of you have very good love for BapDada and service.
72सेवा का वातावरण चारों ओर कोई न कोई प्लैन प्रमाण चल रहा है . sēvā kā vātāvaraṇ chārō̃ ōr kōī na kōī plan pramāṇ chal rahā hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vātāvaraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kōī na kōī[x] plan pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . service of atmosphere everywhere one .. or another plan (under) continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
83There is the atmosphere of service everywhere according to one plan or another.
73साथ-साथ अभी समय के प्रमाण विश्व की आत्मायें जो दुःखी , अशान्त हो रही हैं उन आत्माओं को दुःख अशान्ति से छुड़ाने के लिए अपनी शक्तियों द्वारा सकाश दो . sāth-sāth abhī samay kē|K pramāṇ viśhva kī|key ātmāyē̃ jō duḥkhī , aśhānt hō rahī haĩ un ātmāō̃ kō duḥkh aśhānti sē chhuṛānē kē liē apnī śhaktiyō̃ dvārā sakāśh dō . sāth-sāth ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] duḥkhnā[past-part.f.]|duḥkhī[adj.] , aśhānt[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] aśhānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] chhuṛānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] dvārā sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . x now time (of|K) (under) world (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) soul that (hurt[past-part.f.]|unhappy) , peaceless be[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] that soul to (sorrow|hurt[root]) peacelessness from free[inf.m.pl.,o.] for one’s own Shakti through sakaash (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .
84Together with that, according to the present time, give sakaash (the current of power) with your powers to the souls of the world who are becoming peaceless and unhappy in order to liberate them from their peacelessness and sorrow.
74जैसे प्रकृति का सूर्य सकाश से अंधकार को दूर कर रोशनी में लाता . jaisē prakr̥iti kā sūrya sakāśh sē andhkār kō dūr kar rōśhnī mē̃ lātā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prakr̥iti[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sūrya, sūraj[n.m.;sg.,d.] sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] andhkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dūr[adj.] karnā[root] rōśhnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . like matter of sun sakaash from darkness to distant do[root] light in x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . 75अपनी किरणों के बल से कई चीजों को परिवर्तन करता . apnī kiraṇō̃ kē|K bal sē kaī chījō̃ kō parivartan kartā . apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] kiraṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kaī chīz[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . one’s own ray (of|K) strength from some thing to transformation do[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
85The physical sun is able to dispel darkness and bring light with its sakaash, and is able to transform many things with the power of its rays.
76ऐसे ही मास्टरज्ञानसूर्य अपने प्राप्त हुए सुख-शान्ति की किरणों से , सकाश से दुख-अशान्ति से मुक्त करो | मन्सा सेवा से , शक्तिशाली वृत्ति से वायुमण्डल को परिवर्तन करो . aisē hī māsṭarajñānasūrya apnē prāpt huē sukh-śhānti kī|key kiraṇō̃ sē , sakāśh sē dukh-aśānti sē mukt karō | mansā sēvā sē , śhaktiśhālī vr̥itti sē vāyumaṇḍal kō parivartan karō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] x apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] sukh-śhānti[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key kiraṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] , sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] x sē[postp.] mukt[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] | mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] , śhaktiśhālī[adj.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such only x one’s own reached be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] happiness and peace (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) ray from , sakaash from x from free do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] | through the mind service from , powerful attitude from atmosphere to transformation do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
86In the same way, you master suns of knowledge, with the rays of peace and happiness that you have received, must liberate others from their sorrow and peacelessness with your sakaash. 87By serving through your mind and with a powerful attitude, transform the atmosphere.
77तो अभी मन्सा सेवा करो . tō abhī mansā sēvā karō . tō ab[adv.hī] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then now through the mind service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
88So, now serve with your mind.
78जैसे वाचा सेवा का विस्तार किया है , वैसे मन्सा सकाश द्वारा आत्माओं में , जो आपकी टॉपिक रखी है , हैप्पी और होप , यह फैलाओ , हिम्मत दिलाओ , उमंग-उत्साह दिलाओ . jaisē vāchā sēvā kā vistār kiyā hai , vaisē mansā sakāśh dvārā ātmāō̃ mē̃ , jō āpkī topic rakhī hai , happy aur hope , yah phailāō , himmat dilāō , umaṅg-utsāh dilāō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāchā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vistār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mansā sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] , jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kī] topic rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , happy aur hope , yah[pn.sg.d.] phailānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] dilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . like x service of expansion do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , x through the mind sakaash through soul in , that you[.kī] topic keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , x and hope , this spread[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , courage x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , zeal and enthusiasm x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
89Just as you have expanded service through words, in the same way, by serving through the mind, spread the topic that you have chosen of 'Hope and Happiness'. 90(Hope, Happiness and Divinity). 91Give courage, give zeal and enthusiasm.
79बाप का वर्सा , इन बातों से मुक्ति तो दिलाओ . bāp kā varsā , in bātō̃ sē mukti tō dilāō . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , in|yah[pn.pl.o.] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō dilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . father of inheritance , (in|this) matter from liberation then x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
92Give them the Father's inheritance; give them liberation from these things.
80अभी आवश्यकता सकाश देने की ज्यादा है . abhī āvaśhyaktā sakāśh dēnē kī|key jyādā hai . ab[adv.hī] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now need sakaash give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) more be[pres.sg.23] .
93There is now a greater need to give sakaash.
81इस सेवा में मन को बिजी रखो तो मायाजीत विजयी आत्मा स्वतः ही बन जायेंगे | बाकी छाटी - छाटी बातें तो साइडसीन हैं | साइडसीन में कुछ अच्छा भी आता है , कुछ बुरी चीज़ें भी आती हैं . is sēvā mē̃ man kō busy rakhō tō māyājīt vijayī ātmā svataḥ hī ban jāyēṅgē | bākī chāṭī - chāṭī bātē̃ tō sidescene haĩ | sidescene mē̃ kuchh achchhā bhī ātā hai , kuchh burī chīzē̃ bhī ātī haĩ . yah[pn.sg.o.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] busy rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō māyājīt[adj.] vijayī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] svataḥ hī[p.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] | bākī|bākī x - x bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] tō side scene hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] | side scene mē̃[postp.] kuchh achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , kuchh burā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|burī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chīz[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . this service in mind to busy keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then x victorious soul automatically only become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] | (others|but) x - x matter then side scene be[pres.pl.12hon3] | side scene in anything achcha too come[pres.sg.m.23] , anything (bad|x) thing too come[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .
94Keep your mind busy in this service and you will automatically become a conqueror of Maya and a victorious soul. 95All the trivial things are side-scenes. 96In side-scenes some things are good and some things are bad.
82तो साइडसीन को क्रास कर मंज़िल पर पहुंचना होता है . tō sidescene kō cross kar mañzil par pahuñchnā hōtā hai . tō side scene kō[postp.] cross karnā[root] mañzil[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig1] . then side scene to cross do[root] destination (at|other) reach[pres.sg.m.23.oblig1] .
97So, you have to cross the side-scenes and reach your destination.
83साइडसीन देखने के लिए साक्षीदृष्टा की सीट पर सेट रहो , बस . sidescene dēkhnē kē liē sākṣīdr̥ṣṭā kī|key seat par set rahō , bas . side scene dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] x kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] set rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , basnā[root]|bas . side scene see[inf.m.pl.,o.] for x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) seat (at|other) set remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (x[root]|simply) .
98In order to see the side-scenes simply remain seated on the seat of detached observer; that is all.
84तो साइडसीन मनोरंजन हो जायेगी . tō sidescene manōrañjan hō jāyēgī . tō side scene manōrañjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . then side scene entertainment be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
99The side- scenes will then become entertainment.
85तो एवररेडी हो ना ? tō ever ready hō nā ? tō ever ready hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ? then ever-ready (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ ?
100So, you are ever-ready, are you not?
86कल भी कुछ हो जाए , एवररेडी हैं ? kal bhī kuchh hō jāē , ever ready haĩ ? kal bhī[p.] kuchh hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , ever ready hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? x too anything be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , ever-ready be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
101If something happens tomorrow, are you ever-ready?
87पहली लाइन एवररेडी है ? pahlī line ever ready hai ? pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] line ever ready hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? x line ever-ready be[pres.sg.23] ?
102Is the first row ever-ready?
88कल भी हो जाए तो ? kal bhī hō jāē tō ? kal bhī[p.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] tō ? x too be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] then ?
89टीचर्स तैयार हैं तो अच्छा . teachers taiyār haĩ tō achchhā . teacher taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . teacher x be[pres.pl.12hon3] then achcha .
103Are the teachers ready?
104Achcha.
90यह वर्ग वाले तैयार हैं . yah varg vālē taiyār haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this profession those who x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
105Are those of the wings ready?
91जितने भी वर्ग आये हो , एवररेडी . jitnē bhī varg āyē hō , ever ready . jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , ever ready . the more too profession come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , ever-ready .
106However many wings have come, remain ever-ready.
92सोचना . sōchnā . sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . think[inf.m.sg.d.] .
107Think about it.
93देखना दादियां , देख रही हो सब हाथ हिला रहे हैं . dēkhnā dādiyā̃ , dēkh rahī hō sab hāth hilā rahē haĩ . dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] , dēkhnā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] sab[adj.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . see[inf.m.sg.d.] Dadi , see[pres.pl.f.acc.2] all hand make fluctuate[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
108Look Dadis! 109Dadis, are you seeing this? 110Everyone is waving their hand.
94अच्छा है , मुबारक हो . achchhā hai , mubārak hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
111It is good. 112Congratulations.
95अगर नहीं भी हैं ना तो आज की रात तक हो जाना . agar nahī̃ bhī haĩ nā tō āj kī|key rāt tak hō jānā . agar nahī̃[neg] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā tō āj kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key rāt[n.f.;sg.] tak hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . if not too be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ then today (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) night until (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) . 96क्योंकि समय आपका इन्तजार कर रहा है . kyōṅki samay āpkā intjār kar rahā hai . kyōṅki samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . because time you[.kā] wait do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
113Even if you are not ever-ready, become ever-ready by tonight because time is waiting for you.
97बापदादा मुक्ति का गेट खोलने का इन्जार कर रहा है . bāpdādā mukti kā gate|get khōlnē kā injār kar rahā hai . bāpdādā mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gate|get khōlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . BapDada liberation of (gate|get) open[inf.m.pl.,o.] of x do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
114BapDada is waiting to open the gates to liberation.
98एडवांस पार्टी आपका आह्वान कर रही है . advance party āpkā āhvān kar rahī hai . advance party[x] āp[pn.pl.kā] āhvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . advance party you[.kā] invocation do[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
115The advance party is invoking you.
99क्या नहीं कर सकते हो ? kyā nahī̃ kar saktē hō ? kyā nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? what not do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
116What can you not do?
100मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान तो हो ही . master sarvśhaktivān tō hō hī . master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] . master Almighty Authority then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only .
117You are master almighty authorities.
101दृढ़ संकल्प करो यह करना है , यह नहीं करना है , बस . dr̥iṛh saṅkalp karō yah karnā hai , yah nahī̃ karnā hai , bas . dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , basnā[root]|bas . determined thought do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] this do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , this not do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , (x[root]|simply) .
118Have the determined thought: "I have to do this. 119I must not do that." 120That is all.
102नहीं करना है , तो दृढ़ संकल्प से नहीं को नहीं करके दिखाओ . nahī̃ karnā hai , tō dr̥iṛh saṅkalp sē nahī̃ kō nahī̃ karkē dikhāō . nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , tō dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . not do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , then determined thought from not to not do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
121If you must not do something, then, with your determination, demonstrate it by not doing that which you must not do.
103मास्टर तो हो ही ना ! master tō hō hī nā ! master tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] nā ! master then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only ∅ !
122You are masters, are you not?
123You are masters, are you not?
104अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
124Achcha.
105अभी पहली बार कौन आये हैं ? abhī pahlī bār kaun āyē haĩ ? ab[adv.hī] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bār[n.f.;sg.] kaun[pn.;d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? now x time who come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
125Who has come for the first time?
106जो पहली बार आये हैं वह हाथ उठाओ . jō pahlī bār āyē haĩ vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bār[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that x time come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that raise your hands .
126Those who have come for the first time, raise your hands!
107ऊंचा हाथ उठाओ , हिलाओ . ūñchā hāth uṭhāō , hilāō . ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . elevated raise your hands , make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
127Raise your hands high! 128Wave them.
108इतने आये हैं . itnē āyē haĩ . itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . such come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
129So many have come.
109अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
130It is good.
110जो भी पहले बारी आये हैं उनको पदमगुणा मुबारक है , मुबारक है . jō bhī pahlē bārī āyē haĩ unkō padamguṇā mubārak hai , mubārak hai . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kō] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that too (x|firstly) x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kō] multimillion-fold congratulations be[pres.sg.23] , congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
131Multimillionfold congratulations to those who have come for the first time. 132Congratulations.
111बापदादा खुश होते हैं , कि कल्प पहले वाले बच्चे फिर से अपने परिवार में पहुंच गये . bāpdādā khuśh hōtē haĩ , ki kalp pahlē vālē bachchē phir sē apnē parivār mē̃ pahuñch gayē . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , ki[conj.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] phir sē[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . BapDada happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that cycle (x|firstly) those who child again one’s own family in reach[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
133BapDada is pleased that the children of the previous cycle have once again reached their family.
112इसलिए अभी पीछे आने वाले कमाल करके दिखाना . isliē abhī pīchhē ānē vālē kamāl karkē dikhānā . isliē ab[adv.hī] pīchhē ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . therefore now x (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who x do[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
134Therefore, those who have come last must now show wonders.
113पीछे रहना नहीं , पीछे आये हो लेकिन पीछे नहीं रहना . pīchhē rahnā nahī̃ , pīchhē āyē hō lēkin pīchhē nahī̃ rahnā . pīchhē rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , pīchhē ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] lēkin pīchhē nahī̃[neg] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x remain[inf.m.sg.d.] not , x come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] but x not remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
135Do not remain behind. 136You have come last, but do not remain behind.
114आगे से आगे रहना . āgē sē āgē rahnā . āgē sē[postp.] āgē rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . previously from previously remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
137Remain ahead of all.
115इसके लिए तीव्र पुरूषार्थ करना पड़ेगा . iskē liē tīvr purūṣhārth karnā paṛēgā . yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . this[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) intense effort do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
138For this you will have to make intense effort.
116हिम्मत है ना ! himmat hai nā ! himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! courage be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
139You have this courage, do you not?
117हिम्मत है ? himmat hai ? himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? courage be[pres.sg.23] ?
140Do you have courage?
118अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
141It is good.
119हिम्मते बच्चे मददे बापदादा और परिवार है . himmatē bachchē madadē bāpdādā aur parivār hai . himmat bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] madad bāpdādā aur parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . courage child x BapDada and family be[pres.sg.23] .
142The children who have courage receive help from BapDada and the family.
120अच्छा है क्योंकि बच्चे घर का श्रृंगार हो . achchhā hai kyōṅki bachchē ghar kā śhrr̥iṅgār hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root]|śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] because child home of (decorate[root]|decoration) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
143It is good because you children are the decoration of the family.
121तो जो भी आये हैं वह मधुबन के श्रृंगार हैं . tō jō bhī āyē haĩ vah madhuban kē|K śhrr̥iṅgār haĩ . tō jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root]|śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then that too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that Madhuban (of|K) (decorate[root]|decoration) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
144So, all of those who have come are the decoration of Madhuban.
122अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
145Achcha.
123सेवा का टर्न भोपाल जोन का है : अच्छा , बहुत आये हैं . sēvā kā turn bhōpāl zone kā hai : achchhā , bahut āyē haĩ . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum bhōpāl zone kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , bahut ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . service of you Bhopal zone of be[pres.sg.23] : achcha , very come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
146It is turn of the Bhopal to serve: Many have come.
124 ( झण्डियां हिला रहे हैं ) अच्छा है गोल्डन चांस तो मिला है ना . ( jhaṇḍiyā̃ hilā rahē haĩ ) achchhā hai golden chance tō milā hai nā . ( jhaṇḍī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hilānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] golden chance tō milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā . ( flag make fluctuate[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] golden chance then receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ .
147(They are waving their flags.) 148It is good that you have received a golden chance.
125अच्छा जो भी सेवा के निमित्त आये हुए हैं इनमें से सभी ने सेवा का जो बल है , फल है , अतीन्द्रिय सुख की अनुभूति का , वह अनुभव किया ? achchhā jō bhī sēvā kē nimitt āyē huē haĩ inmē̃ sē sabhī nē sēvā kā jō bal hai , phal hai , atīndriya sukh kī|key anubhūti kā , vah anubhav kiyā ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē nimitt[x] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.pl.mē̃] sē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , atīndriya[adj.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? achcha that too service x (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] this[.mē̃] from all ∅ service of that strength be[pres.sg.23] , fruit be[pres.sg.23] , x happiness (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) experience of , that experience do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
149All the instruments who have come for service, did you experience supersensuous joy as the power and fruit of service?
126किया ? kiyā ? karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
150Did you?
127अभी भले हाँ के लिए झण्डी हिलाओ , जिसने किया हो . abhī bhalē hā̃ kē liē jhaṇḍī hilāō , jisnē kiyā hō . ab[adv.hī] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hā̃ kē liē[x] jhaṇḍī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jō[pn.sg.nē] karnā[x] . now benefit yes for flag make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that[.nē] do[x] .
151You may wave your flags in response to say "yes".
128अच्छा अभी तो अतीन्द्रिय सुख का अनुभव किया , यह सदा रहेगा ? achchhā abhī tō atīndriya sukh kā anubhav kiyā , yah sadā rahēgā ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] tō atīndriya[adj.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] sadā rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? achcha now then x happiness of experience do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , this constantly remain[fut.m.sg.23] ?
152OK, you are experiencing supersensuous joy now, but will that remain all the time?
129या थोड़ा समय रहेगा ? yā thōṛā samay rahēgā ? yā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? or short time remain[fut.m.sg.23] ?
153Or will it remain for a short time?
130जो दिल से प्रॉमिस करता है , देखा देखी हाथ नहीं उठाना , जो दिल से समझता है कि मैं इस प्राप्ति को सदा कायम रखूंगा , विघ्न विनाशक बनूंगा , वह झण्डी हिलाओ भले . jō dil sē promise kartā hai , dēkhā dēkhī hāth nahī̃ uṭhānā , jō dil sē samajhtā hai ki maĩ is prāpti kō sadā kāyam rakhūṅgā , vighna vināśhak banūṅgā , vah jhaṇḍī hilāō bhalē . jō[pn.;d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] promise karnā[pres.sg.m.23] , dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] dēkhnā[past-part.f.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , jō[pn.;d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] samajhnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] sadā kāyam[adj.] rakhnā[fut.m.sg.1] , vighna vināśhak[x] bannā[fut.m.sg.1] , vah[pn.sg.d.] jhaṇḍī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . that heart from promise do[pres.sg.m.23] , see[past-part.m.sg.d.] see[past-part.f.] hand not uplift[inf.m.sg.d.] , that heart from understand[pres.sg.m.23] that I this attainment to constantly x keep[fut.m.sg.1] , destroyer of obstacles become[fut.m.sg.1] , that flag make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] benefit .
154Those who make a promise with their heart - do not raise your hand on seeing one another - those who feel in their heart that they will constantly keep this attainment, that they will become destroyers of obstacles, may wave their flags.
131अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
155OK.
132देखो , आप टी . वी . में आ रहे हो फिर यह टी . वी . का फोटो भेजेंगे . dēkhō , āp T . we|V . mē̃ ā rahē hō phir yah T . we|V . kā phōṭō bhējē̃gē . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , āp[pn.pl.] T . we|V . mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] yah[pn.sg.d.] T . we|V . kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] photo bhējnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , you x . (x) . in come[pres.pl.m.prog.2] (then|turn[root]) this x . (x) . of photograph x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
156Look, you are being shown on the TV. 157The photo on the TV will be sent to you.
133अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
158Achcha.
134यह चांस जो रखा है वह बहुत अच्छा है . yah chance jō rakhā hai vah bahut achchhā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] chance jō[pn.;d.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this chance that keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that very achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
159This chance that you have been given is very good.
135चांस लेते भी खुशी से हैं और टर्न बाई टर्न सभी को खुली दिल से छुट्टी भी मिल जाती है आने की . chance lētē bhī khuśhī sē haĩ aur turn by turn sabhī kō khulī dil sē chhuṭṭī bhī mil jātī hai ānē kī|key . chance lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur tum by tum sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] khulnā[past-part.f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] chhuṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key . chance take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too happiness from be[pres.pl.12hon3] and you by you all to open up[past-part.f.] heart from permission too receive[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) .
160You take this chance with happiness, and everyone receives permission with an open heart to come here turn by turn.
136अच्छा , अभी कमाल क्या करेंगे ? achchhā , abhī kamāl kyā karē̃gē ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , ab[adv.hī] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? achcha , now x what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
161OK, what wonders will you now perform?
137 ( 2008 में आपको प्रत्यक्ष करके दिखायेंगे ) अच्छा है , एक दो को सहयोग देकर इस वायदे को पूरा करना . ( 2008 mē̃ āpkō pratyakṣha karkē dikhāyēṅgē ) achchhā hai , ēk dō kō sahyōg dēkar is vāydē kō pūrā karnā . ( 2008 mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kō] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[abs.] yah[pn.sg.o.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] pūrā karnā[x] . ( 2008 in you[.kō] visible do[abs.] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] , one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to cooperation give[abs.] this promise to make full .
162(We will reveal You in the year 2008). 163It is good. 164Co-operate with one another and fulfil this promise.
138जरूर करेंगे . jarūr karē̃gē . zarūr karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . definitely do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
165You will definitely do it.
139मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान के लिए कोई भी वायदा निभाना , कोई बड़ी बात नहीं है . master sarvśhaktivān kē liē kōī bhī vāydā nibhānā , kōī baṛī bāt nahī̃ hai . master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] kē liē[x] kōī bhī[x] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nibhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , kōī[pn.;d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . master Almighty Authority for anyone promise fulfil[inf.m.sg.d.] , some very matter not be[pres.sg.23] .
166It is not a big thing for a master almighty authority to fulfil any promise.
140सिर्फ दृढ़ता को साथी बनाके रखना . sirph dr̥iṛhtā kō sāthī banākē rakhnā . sirph[adj.] dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[abs.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . only determination to companion create[abs.] keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .
167Simply keep determination with you as your companion.
141दृढ़ता को नहीं छोड़ना क्योंकि दृढ़ता सफलता की चाबी है . dr̥iṛhtā kō nahī̃ chhōṛnā kyōṅki dr̥iṛhtā saphaltā kī|key chābī hai . dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] chhōṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . determination to not renounce[inf.m.sg.d.] because determination success (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) key be[pres.sg.23] .
168Never let go of determination because determination is the key to success.
142तो जहाँ दृढ़ता होगी वहाँ सफलता है ही है . tō jahā̃ dr̥iṛhtā hōgī vahā̃ saphaltā hai hī hai . tō jahā̃ dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] vahā̃ saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then where there determination be[fut.f.sg.23] there success be[pres.sg.23] only be[pres.sg.23] .
169Where there is determination there is definitely success.
143ऐसे है ना ! aisē hai nā ! aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! such be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
170It is like that, is it not?
144करके दिखायेंगे . karkē dikhāyēṅgē . karnā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . do[abs.] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
171Will you demonstrate this practically?
145बापदादा को भी खुशी है , अच्छा है . bāpdādā kō bhī khuśhī hai , achchhā hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada to too happiness be[pres.sg.23] , achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
172BapDada is also pleased. 173It is good.
146देखो कितनों को चांस मिलता है . dēkhō kitnō̃ kō chance miltā hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] chance milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so to chance receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
174Look how many of you receive a chance.
147आधा क्लास तो सेवा करने वालों की तरफ का होता है . ādhā class tō sēvā karnē vālō̃ kī|key taraph kā hōtā hai . ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] class tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . half class then service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) direction of be[pres.sg.m.23] .
175Half the class is are those who come here to serve.
148अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
176It is good.
149देखो साकार बाबा के होते हुए बहुत अच्छा पार्ट बजाया है , पहला-पहला म्युजियम इसने ( महेन्द्र भाई ने ) तैयार किया था . dēkhō sākār bābā kē|K hōtē huē bahut achchhā part bajāyā hai , pahlā-pahlā museum isnē ( mahēndra bhāī nē ) taiyār kiyā thā . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sākār, sākārī[adj.] bābā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] museum yah[pn.sg.nē] ( mahēndra bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] nē[postp.] ) taiyār[adj.] karnā[past-perf.m.sg.] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sakar Baba (of|K) be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] very achcha play one's part , x museum this[.nē] ( Mahendra (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) ∅ ) x do[past-perf.m.sg.] .
177Look, you played a very good part in the existence of sakar Baba. 178This one (Mahendrabhai) prepared the first museum.
150तो देखो , साकार बाप की दुआयें सारे जोन को हैं . tō dēkhō , sākār bāp kī|key duāyē̃ sārē zone kō haĩ . tō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sākār, sākārī[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] zone kō[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sakar father (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) blessing the whole zone to be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
179So, the whole zone has the blessings of sakar Baba.
151अभी कोई नवीनता करके दिखायेंगे . abhī kōī navīntā karkē dikhāyēṅgē . ab[adv.hī] kōī[pn.;d.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . now some newness do[abs.] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
180Now you will show some newness.
152अभी बहुत समय हो गया है , कोई नई इन्वेन्शन नहीं निकाली है . abhī bahut samay hō gayā hai , kōī naī invention nahī̃ nikālī hai . ab[adv.hī] bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] invention nahī̃[neg] nikālnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . now very time be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , some new invention not x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
181It has been a long time since a new invention was created.
153वरगीकरण भी अभी पुराना हो गया है . varagīkaraṇ bhī abhī purānā hō gayā hai . x bhī[p.] ab[adv.hī] purānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . x too now old be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
182The wings have also become an old form of service.
154प्रदर्शनियां , मेला , कांफ्रेंस , स्नहे मिलन यह सब हो गये हैं | अभी कोई नई बात निकालो | शोर्ट और स्वीट , खर्चा कम आरै सेवा ज्यादा . pradarśhaniyā̃ , mēlā , conference , snahē milan yah sab hō gayē haĩ | abhī kōī naī bāt nikālō | śōrṭa aur sweet , kharchā kam|cum ārai sēvā jyādā . pradarśhanī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] , mēlā[x] , conference , x milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] | ab[adv.hī] kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] | x aur sweet , kharch, kharchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kam[adj.]|cum x sēvā[n.f.;sg.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . exhibition , fair , conference , x meeting this all be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] | now some new matter x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] | x and sweet , expenditure (less|x) x service more .
183Exhibitions, melas, conferences and sneh-milans (small loving gatherings) have all taken place. 184Now, find something new. 185Short and sweet. 186Less expense and greater service.
155रायबहादुर हो ना ! rāyabahādur hō nā ! x hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
187You are advisers, are you not?
156तो रायबहादुर नई राय निकालो . tō rāyabahādur naī rāy nikālō . tō x nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rāy[n.f.;sg.]|rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then x new (x) x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
188So the advisers have to give new advice.
157जैसे प्रदर्शनी निकली , फिर मेला निकला , फिर वर्गीकरण निकला , ऐसे कोई नई इन्वेन्शन निकालो . jaisē pradarśhanī nikalī , phir mēlā nikalā , phir vargīkaraṇ nikalā , aisē kōī naī invention nikālō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pradarśhanī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nikalnā[past-part.f.] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] mēlā[x] nikalnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] vargīkaraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] invention nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . like exhibition be extracted[past-part.f.] , (then|turn[root]) fair be extracted[past-part.m.sg.d.] , (then|turn[root]) serving the professions be extracted[past-part.m.sg.d.] , such some new invention x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
189Just as, initially, there were exhibitions, then melas and then the service through the wings, so find some new invention like that.
158देखेंगे कौन निमित्त बनता है . dēkhē̃gē kaun nimitt bantā hai . dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kaun[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23] . see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] who instrument become[pres.sg.m.23] .
190We shall see who becomes an instrument for this.
159अच्छा है , हिम्मत वाले हैं इसीलिए बापदादा हिम्मत रखने वालों को सदा एडवांस में मदद की मुबारक दे रहे हैं . achchhā hai , himmat vālē haĩ isīliē bāpdādā himmat rakhnē vālō̃ kō sadā advance mē̃ madad kī|key mubārak dē rahē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] isīliē bāpdādā himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sadā advance mē̃[postp.] madad[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , courage those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] x BapDada courage keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to constantly advance in x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
191It is good. 192You have courage and that is why BapDada is giving congratulations in advance in the form of help to those who maintain courage.
160अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
193Achcha.
161इस ग्रुप में 5 विंग वाले आये हैं . is group mē̃ 5 wing vālē āyē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.o.] group mē̃[postp.] 5 wing vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . this group in 5 wing those who come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . 162एज्युकेशन विंग , एडमिनिस्ट्रेटर्स विंग , बिजनेस विंग , यूथ विंग , स्पोर्टस विंग : अच्छा है हर एक विंग अपने अपने वर्ग की सेवा कर रहे हैं और उमंग से करते हैं . education wing , ēḍaminisṭrēṭarsa wing , business wing , youth wing , sports wing : achchhā hai har ēk wing apnē apnē varg kī|key sēvā kar rahē haĩ aur umaṅg sē kartē haĩ . education wing , x wing , business wing , youth wing , sport wing : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] har ēk[x] wing apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . education wing , x wing , business wing , youth wing , sport wing : achcha be[pres.sg.23] each one wing one’s own one’s own profession (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) service do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and zeal from do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
194Those from five wings have come in this group - Education, Administration, Business, Youth and Sports Wings: It is good that each wing is serving their own wing and that you are doing it with enthusiasm.
163हर एक रेस भी करते हैं , एक दो की विंग से रेस भीअच्छी कर रहे हैं . har ēk race bhī kartē haĩ , ēk dō kī|key wing sē race bhīacchī kar rahē haĩ . har ēk[x] race bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key wing sē[postp.] race x karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . each one race too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) wing from race x do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
195Each one is racing very well and each wing is also racing very well with one another.
164बापदादा सभी बच्चों के उमंग-उत्साह को देख बार-बार बच्चों पर मुहब्बत के फूल बरसाते हैं . bāpdādā sabhī bachchō̃ kē|K umaṅg-utsāh kō dēkh bār-bār bachchō̃ par muhabbat kē|K fool|phūl barsātē haĩ . bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] bār[n.f.;sg.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] muhabbat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K fool|phūl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|phūlnā[root] barsānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada all child (of|K) zeal and enthusiasm to see[root] time child (at|other) love (of|K) (x|flower|x[root]) x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
196Seeing the zeal and enthusiasm of all the children, BapDada is pleased and is showering them with flowers of love.
165थोड़ी सी मेहनत करते हैं लेकिन मुहब्बत में करते हैं इसलिए हर एक वर्ग एक दो से आगे जा रहा है . thōṛī see|sī|C mēhnat kartē haĩ lēkin muhabbat mē̃ kartē haĩ isliē har ēk varg ēk dō sē āgē jā rahā hai . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin muhabbat[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] isliē har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] sē[postp.] āgē jānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . short (see|x) effort do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but love in do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] therefore each one profession one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) from previously go[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
197You make a little effort, but you do that with love. 198This is why each wing is going ahead of the other.
166एज्युकेशन कितना अच्छा कार्य है . education kitnā achchhā kārya hai . education kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . education so achcha task be[pres.sg.23] .
199Education is such good work.
167अभी जैसे गांव वालों ने कहाँ कहाँ , कोई गांव जो है उसको लेकरके गांव में आलराउण्ड सेवा की है , डाक्टर्स ने भी प्रैक्टिकल की है , हार्ट वालों ने अच्छा किया है . abhī jaisē gānv vālō̃ nē kahā̃ kahā̃ , kōī gānv jō hai uskō lēkarkē gānv mē̃ all-round sēvā kī hai , doctors nē bhī practical kī hai , heart vālō̃ nē achchhā kiyā hai . ab[adv.hī] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] kahā̃ kahā̃ , kōī[pn.;d.] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] lēnā[abs.] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] all-round sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , doctor nē[postp.] bhī[p.] practical karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , heart vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . now like village those who ∅ where where , some village that be[pres.sg.23] that[.kō] take[abs.] village in all-round service do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , doctor ∅ too practical do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , x those who ∅ achcha do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
200For instance, Rural Wing has adopted a village and done all-round service in that village. 201Doctors too have done that practically. 202Those of the heart (CAD) wing have done well.
168ऐसे एज्युकेशन वाले कोई स्कूल को अपना बनाओ . aisē education vālē kōī school kō apnā banāō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] education vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] school kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such education those who some school to (one’s own|adopt[root]) create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
203In the same way, those from the Education field should adopt a school.
169सारा स्कूल , कॉलेज इस आध्यात्मिक नॉलेज को माने | पढ़ाई तो नहीं छोड़ेंगे ना लेकिन आध्यात्मिक नॉलेज को एड करें सब क्लासेज में . sārā school , college is ādhyātmik knowledge kō mānē | paṛhāī tō nahī̃ chhōṛē̃gē nā lēkin ādhyātmik knowledge kō add karē̃ sab classes mē̃ . sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] school , college yah[pn.sg.o.] ādhyātmik[adj.] knowledge kō[postp.] mānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|mānnā[opt.sg.23] | paṛhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|paṛhānā[past-part.f.] tō nahī̃[neg] chhōṛnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā lēkin ādhyātmik[adj.] knowledge kō[postp.] add karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] sab[adj.] class mē̃[postp.] . the whole school , college this spiritual knowledge to (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) | (study|teach[past-part.f.]) then not renounce[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ but spiritual knowledge to add do[opt.pl.12hon3] all class in .
204The whole school or college should accept this spiritual knowledge. 205They are not going to stop studying, but they should add spiritual knowledge to all the classes.
170एडाप्ट करो ऐसी कोई स्कूल या कॉलेज . adopt karō aisī kōī school yā college . adopt karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kōī[pn.;d.] school yā college . adopt do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] such some school or college .
206Adopt a school or a college in this way.
171हो सकता है . hō saktā hai . hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .
207It can be done.
172 ( युनिवार्सिटी , कॉलेज तथा स्कूलों में इस वर्ष विशेष सेवा के प्लैन बनायें हैं ) रिजल्ट सुनाना , अच्छा है . ( university , college tathā skūlō̃ mē̃ is varṣh viśhēṣh sēvā kē|K plan banāyē̃ haĩ ) result sunānā , achchhā hai . ( university , college tathā school[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K plan banānā[opt.pl.12hon3] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ) result sunānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( university , college and school in this year special service (of|K) plan create[opt.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ) result speak[inf.m.sg.d.] , achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
208(We have made special plans for serving Universities, colleges and schools this year.) 209Tell Baba the result. 210It is good.
173रिजल्ट प्रैक्टिकल आयेगी तो और भी करेंगे ना . result practical āyēgī tō aur bhī karē̃gē nā . result practical ānā[fut.f.sg.23] tō aur bhī[p.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . result practical come[fut.f.sg.23] then and too do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
211When you have the practical results, others will also follow.
174ऐसे सभी वर्ग बिजनेस वाले , एक बिजनेस का ग्रुप निकालें , यूथ वाले सभी तरफ से विशेष रिजल्ट का ग्रुप निकालें . aisē sabhī varg business vālē , ēk business kā group nikālē̃ , youth vālē sabhī taraph sē viśhēṣh result kā group nikālē̃ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] business vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , ēk[adj.] business kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group nikālnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , youth vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] result kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group nikālnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . such all profession business those who , one business of group x[opt.pl.12hon3] , youth those who all direction from special result of group x[opt.pl.12hon3] .
212In the same way, all the wings such as the Business Wing should find a business group. 213Those from the Youth Group should find such a group and give that result.
175जो भी वर्ग हैं , वह प्रैक्टिकल एक ग्रुप रिजल्ट का दिखाये . jō bhī varg haĩ , vah practical ēk group result kā dikhāyē . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] practical ēk[adj.] group result kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dikhānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . that too profession be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that practical one group result of x[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
214Any of the wings should show the practical result of such a group of that wing.
176पहले लिखत में ले आना . pahlē likhat mē̃ lē ānā . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] likhat[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lēnā[opt.sg.23]|lēnā[root] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . (x|firstly) writing in (take[opt.sg.23]|take[root]) (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) . 177यह वी . आई . पीज की लिस्ट लेकर आये हैं . yah we|V . āī|eye|I . Ps kī|key list lēkar āyē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key list lēnā[abs.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . this (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . P. (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) list take[abs.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
215First of all give it to Baba in writing: This is the list of VIPs that we have brought.
178 ( भोपाल से ) ऐसे ग्रुप बनाओ . ( bhōpāl sē ) aisē group banāō . ( bhōpāl sē[postp.] ) aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ( Bhopal from ) such group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
216(From Bhopal) Make such a group.
179ग्रुप बनाके अभी अलग अलग शहरों में हैं , और जो भी भिन्न भिन्न शहरों में हैं उसका एक बारी संगठन करो . group banākē abhī alag alag śhaharō̃ mē̃ haĩ , aur jō bhī bhinn bhinn śhaharō̃ mē̃ haĩ uskā ēk bārī saṅgaṭhan karō . group banānā[abs.] ab[adv.hī] alag[adj.] alag[adj.] śhahar[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , aur jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] bhinn[adj.] bhinn[adj.] śhahar[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kā] ēk[adj.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] saṅgaṭhan[x] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . group create[abs.] now separate separate city in be[pres.pl.12hon3] , and that too different different city in be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kā] one x gathering do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
217Make such groups in the different cities and create a gathering of all those groups in one place at some point.
180भिन्न भिन्न स्थान के एक स्थान पर इकटठा करो उनको और उमंग दिलाओ , आगे बढ़ाओ . bhinn bhinn sthān kē|K ēk sthān par ikaṭaṭhā karō unkō aur umaṅg dilāō , āgē baṛhāō . bhinn[adj.] bhinn[adj.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ēk[adj.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] x karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.pl.kō] aur umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] dilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , āgē baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . different different place (of|K) one place (at|other) x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that[.kō] and zeal x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , previously increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
218Bring together the groups from all the different places to one place and give them enthusiasm and make them move forward.
181हर एक को ग्रुप बनाना ही चाहिए . har ēk kō group banānā hī chāhiē . har ēk[x] kō[postp.] group banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . each one to group create[inf.m.sg.d.] only (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
219Each wing should form a group.
182अभी थोड़े निकाले हैं और भी निकलेंगे . abhī thōṛē nikālē haĩ aur bhī nikalē̃gē . ab[adv.hī] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nikālnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur bhī[p.] nikalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . now short x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and too be extracted[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
220You have found some, and now more will emerge.
183कोई आपस में बैठकर यह राय करो कैसे हर एक वर्ग का ग्रुप बनें और वह समझे , ग्रुप समझे हमारी जिम्मेवारी है . kōī āpas mē̃ baiṭhkar yah rāy karō kaisē har ēk varg kā group banē̃ aur vah samajhē , group samajhē hamārī jimmēvārī hai . kōī[pn.;d.] āpas mē̃[x] baiṭhnā[abs.] yah[pn.sg.d.] rāy[n.f.;sg.]|rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] aur vah[pn.sg.d.] samajhnā[opt.sg.23]|samajhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , group samajhnā[opt.sg.23]|samajhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ham[pn.pl.kī] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . some with each other sit[abs.] this (x) do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] how each one profession of group become[opt.pl.12hon3] and that (understand[opt.sg.23]|understand[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , group (understand[opt.sg.23]|understand[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) we[.kī] responsibility be[pres.sg.23] .
221Sit and discuss among yourselves how to create a group in each wing and that group should feel it to be their responsibility.
184कहाँ भी प्रोग्राम हो तो विशेष ग्रुप को सहयोग देना ही चाहिए . kahā̃ bhī programme hō tō viśhēṣh group kō sahyōg dēnā hī chāhiē . kahā̃ bhī[p.] programme hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō viśhēṣh[adj.] group kō[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . where too programme (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then special group to cooperation give[inf.m.sg.d.] only (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
222Whenever there is a programme somewhere, that group specially should give their co- operation.
185ग्रुप बनाओ , 5-5 , 6-6 का , हर स्थान पर उनको पहुंचना चाहिए . group banāō , 5-5 , 6-6 kā , har|her sthān par unkō pahuñchnā chāhiē . group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , 5-5 , 6-6 kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , harnā[root]|har|her sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] vah[pn.pl.kō] pahuñchnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|pahuñchnā[.oblig3] . group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , 5-5 , 6-6 of , (x[root]|x) place (at|other) that[.kō] (reach[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|reach[.oblig3]) .
223Form groups of five or six people. 224These groups should reach everywhere.
186उनसे सेवा लो तो उनको खुशी होगी और आगे बढ़ेंगे . unsē sēvā lō|low tō unkō khuśhī hōgī aur āgē baṛhē̃gē . vah[pn.pl.sē] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low tō vah[pn.pl.kō] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] aur āgē baṛhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . that[.sē] service (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) then that[.kō] happiness be[fut.f.sg.23] and previously grow[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
225Take service from them and they will feel happy and move forward.
187अच्छा यूथ वर्ग का कुछ आया है , स्कूलों में अच्छी सेवा की है , बापदादा ने देखा समाचार सुना है . achchhā youth varg kā kuchh āyā hai , skūlō̃ mē̃ achchhī sēvā kī hai , bāpdādā nē dēkhā samāchār sunā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] youth varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kuchh ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , school[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . achcha youth profession of anything come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , school in achcha service do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] news listen[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
226OK, those from the Youth Wing have come. 227They have done good service in schools. 228BapDada saw it and also heard the news.
188अच्छा है एक ग्रुप बनाओ विशेष . achchhā hai ēk group banāō viśhēṣh . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ēk[adj.] group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] viśhēṣh[adj.] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] one group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] special .
229It is good. 230Form one special group.
189उन्हों का नाम ही हो सेवाधारी ग्रुप , सहयोगी ग्रुप , सर्विसएबुल ग्रुप . unhō̃ kā nām hī hō sēvādhārī group , sahyōgī group , serviceable group . vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] group , sahyōgī[adj.] group , serviceable group . that of name only (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) server group , co-operative group , serviceable group .
231Their name should be: Sevadhari group, co-operative group, serviceable group.
190जितने भी अच्छे निकल सकें वह बनाओ . jitnē bhī achchhē nikal sakē̃ vah banāō . jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nikalnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] vah[pn.sg.d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . the more too achcha be extracted[opt.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] that create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
232However many good ones you can find, form a group of them.
191अच्छा , तो सभी वर्ग वालों को बापदादा मुबारक दे रहा है , सभी अच्छी सेवा कर रहे हैं और अभी अगले वर्ष अपने ग्रुप का नाम ले आना . achchhā , tō sabhī varg vālō̃ kō bāpdādā mubārak dē rahā hai , sabhī achchhī sēvā kar rahē haĩ aur abhī aglē varṣh apnē group kā nām lē ānā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , tō sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , sab[adv.hī] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur ab[adv.hī] aglā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] group kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[opt.sg.23]|lēnā[root] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . achcha , then all profession those who to BapDada congratulations give[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , all achcha service do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and now next year one’s own group of name (take[opt.sg.23]|take[root]) (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) .
233BapDada is congratulating those of all the wings. 234You are all doing good service. 235Now, next year, bring the names of the people you have served.
192हर एक ले आवें और अपने तरफ उस ग्रुप का संगठन करके फिर नाम देना . har ēk lē āvē̃ aur apnē taraph us group kā saṅgaṭhan karkē phir nām dēnā . har ēk[x] lēnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+ānā] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.o.] group kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] karnā[abs.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . each one take[opt.pl.12hon3.root+ānā] and one’s own direction that group of gathering do[abs.] (then|turn[root]) name give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
236Each group should have a gathering and give Baba the names of the people they have served.
193पक्के हों . pakkē hō̃ . pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . firm be[opt.pl.12hon3] .
237They should be firm.
194कोई वारिस होगा कोई माइक होगा , दोनों प्रकार के ग्रुप में हो सकते हैं . kōī vāris hōgā kōī mike hōgā , dōnō̃ prakār kē|K group mē̃ hō saktē haĩ . kōī[pn.;d.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] kōī[pn.;d.] mike hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , dōnō̃ prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K group mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . some heir be[fut.m.sg.23] some mike be[fut.m.sg.23] , x form (of|K) group in be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
238Some can be heirs and some can be mikes. 239Both types of souls can be part of the group.
195 ( स्प्रोर्टस विंग के भी हैं , बहुत अच्छे प्लैन स्पोर्टस् परसन की सेवा के बनाये हैं ) प्रैक्टिकल में करना . ( sprōrṭas wing kē|K bhī haĩ , bahut achchhē plan spōrṭas parasan kī|key sēvā kē|K banāyē haĩ ) practical mē̃ karnā . ( x wing kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] plan x x kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K banānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) practical mē̃[postp.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . ( x wing (of|K) too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , very achcha plan x x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) service (of|K) create[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) practical in do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
240(The Sports Wing has created very good plans to serve the sports people). 241Do it practically.
196 ( बिजनेस विंग की भी प्रदर्शनी बनाई है ) अच्छा है , मुबारक हो . ( business wing kī|key bhī pradarśhanī banāī hai ) achchhā hai , mubārak hō . ( business wing kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bhī[p.] pradarśhanī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . ( business wing (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) too exhibition create[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
242(An exhibition has been created by the Business Wing). 243It is good. 244Congratulations.
197अगर सेवा की वृद्धि का प्लैन्स चलता रहेगा तो यह भी वायब्रेशन फैलता है , यह भी आत्माओं को पहुंचता है . agar sēvā kī|key vr̥iddhi kā plans chaltā rahēgā tō yah bhī vibration phailtā hai , yah bhī ātmāō̃ kō pahuñchtā hai . agar sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan chalnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] vibration phailnā[pres.sg.m.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23] . if service (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) growth of plan continue[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] then this too vibrations spread[pres.sg.m.23] , this too soul to reach[pres.sg.m.23] .
245If you continue to make plans for the expansion of service these vibrations will also spread. 246These reach souls too.
198एक द्वारा 10 को पहुंचता है . ēk dvārā 10 kō pahuñchtā hai . ēk[adj.] dvārā 10 kō[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23] . one through 10 to reach[pres.sg.m.23] .
247From one, it reaches 10 others.
199बापदादा ने तो सुनाया कि सेवा में अच्छी रूचि भी रख रहे हैं और आगे भी बढ़ रहे हैं . bāpdādā nē tō sunāyā ki sēvā mē̃ achchhī rūchi bhī rakh rahē haĩ aur āgē bhī baṛh rahē haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] tō sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ruchi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur āgē bhī[p.] baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ then speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] that service in achcha interest too keep[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and previously too grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
248BapDada has told you that you have good interest in doing service and are also moving forward, but....
200लेकिन … लेकिन है स्व उन्नति , स्व परिवर्तन , स्व के अटेन्शन की सेवा . lēkin … lēkin hai sva unnati , sva parivartan , sva kē|K attention kī|key sēvā . lēkin … lēkin hōnā[pres.sg.23] sva unnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , sva parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sva kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K attention kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] . but … but be[pres.sg.23] x self-progress , x transformation , x (of|K) attention (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) service .
249There is a 'but' in self- progress and self-transformation and service of paying attention to the self.
201दोनों का बैलेन्स चाहिए . dōnō̃ kā balance chāhiē . dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] balance chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . x of balance (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
250There has to be a balance of both.
202वह बैलेन्स अभी बनता जा रहा है . vah balance abhī bantā jā rahā hai . vah[pn.sg.d.] balance ab[adv.hī] bannā[root.pres-part+jānā] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . that balance now become[root.pres-part+jānā] remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
251You are gradually keeping that balance.
203वह बैलेन्स जरूर अटेन्शन में रखो . vah balance jarūr attention mē̃ rakhō . vah[pn.sg.d.] balance zarūr attention mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that balance definitely attention in keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
252Definitely pay attention to keeping that balance.
204आपका बैलेन्स होगा और विश्व में नारा लगेगा . āpkā balance hōgā aur viśhva mē̃ nārā lagēgā . āp[pn.pl.kā] balance hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] aur viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] . you[.kā] balance be[fut.m.sg.23] and world in chant x[fut.m.sg.23] .
253When you have a balance, the sound will spread throughout the world.
205अभी कुछ न कुछ क्रान्ति होनी ही है . abhī kuchh na kuchh krānti hōnī hī hai . ab[adv.hī] kuchh na[neg] kuchh krānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[inf.f.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now anything not anything revolution be[inf.f.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
254Now, some revolution has to take place.
206अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
255Achcha.
207 ( यूथ विंग की तरफ से स्व-उन्नति का प्लैन बनाया है ) अच्छा है . ( youth wing kī|key taraph sē sva-unnati kā plan banāyā hai ) achchhā hai . ( youth wing kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] svaunnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( youth wing (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) direction from x of plan create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
256(The Youth Wing has made a plan for self-progress.) 257It is good.
208कोई न कोई नवीनता करते रहो . kōī na kōī navīntā kartē rahō . kōī na kōī[x] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . one .. or another newness do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
258Continue to bring about one form of newness or another.
209डबल विदेशी 30 देशों से आये हैं : अच्छा - आपका यह तो नाम प्रसिद्ध हो गया है , डबल फारेनर्स . double vidēśhī 30 dēśhō̃ sē āyē haĩ : achchhā - āpkā yah tō nām prasiddh hō gayā hai , double foreigners . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] 30 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - āp[pn.pl.kā] yah[pn.sg.d.] tō nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] prasiddh[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , double foreigner . double foreigner 30 land from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] : achcha - you[.kā] this then name x be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , double foreigner .
259Double Foreigners (from 30 countries): Your name 'double foreigners' has become very famous.
210अभी डबल पुरूषार्थी यह नाम रखें ? abhī double purūṣhārthī yah nām rakhē̃ ? ab[adv.hī] double purūṣhārthī[x] yah[pn.sg.d.] nām rakhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ? now double effort-maker this x ?
260Now, should we give you the name 'double effort-makers'?
211डबल पुरूषार्थी , रखें ? double purūṣhārthī , rakhē̃ ? double purūṣhārthī[x] , rakhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ? double effort-maker , keep[opt.pl.12hon3] ?
261Should you be called 'double effort-makers'?
212पक्का . pakkā . pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . firm .
262Are you sure?
213डबल पुरूषार्थ करेंगे ? double purūṣhārth karē̃gē ? double puruṣhārth karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? double effort do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
263Will you make double effort?
214करने वाले हैं . karnē vālē haĩ . karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
264You are those who will do it.
215अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
265OK.
216एक एक्साम्पल दिखाओ कि फारेन में कोई भी विघ्न नहीं आवे . ēk ēksāmpal dikhāō ki foreign mē̃ kōī bhī vighna nahī̃ āvē . ēk[adj.] x dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] foreign mē̃[postp.] kōī bhī[x] vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.sg.23] . one x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that abroad in anyone obstacle not come[opt.sg.23] .
266Give an example where there are no obstacles anywhere in the foreign lands.
217न मन्सा संकल्प का , न वाणी का , न बोल का , न सम्बन्धसम्पर्क का . na mansā saṅkalp kā , na vāṇī kā , na bōl kā , na sambandhasamparka kā . na[neg] mansā saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , na[neg] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , na[neg] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , na[neg] x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . not through the mind thought of , not words of , not (speak[root]|x) of , not x of .
267No obstacles in your thoughts, in your speech and words, in your relationships and connections.
218बापदादा सभी भारत के जोन को भी कहता है , डबल विदेशियों को तो कह रहा है लेकिन भारत के सभी जोन को भी कहते हैं कोई ऐसा एक्जैम्पुल बनाओ जो सभी जोन और सब डबल विदेशी निर्विघ्न , निरविकल्प , निरव्यर्थ संकल्प हों . bāpdādā sabhī bhārat kē|K zone kō bhī kahtā hai , double vidēśhiyō̃ kō tō kah rahā hai lēkin bhārat kē|K sabhī zone kō bhī kahtē haĩ kōī aisā example banāō jō sabhī zone aur sab double vidēśhī nirvighna , niravikalpa , nirvyarth saṅkalp hō̃ . bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K zone kō[postp.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23] , double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] tō kahnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] lēkin bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sab[adv.hī] zone kō[postp.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] example banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] sab[adv.hī] zone aur sab[adj.] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] nirvighna[adj.] , x , nirvyarth[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . BapDada all Bharat (of|K) zone to too say[pres.sg.m.23] , double foreigner to then say[pres.sg.m.prog.23] but Bharat (of|K) all zone to too say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] some such example create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that all zone and all double foreigner free from obstacles , x , x thought be[opt.pl.12hon3] .
268BapDada is also saying this to everyone in all the zones of Bharat. 269Baba is saying it to the double foreigners and He is also telling all the zones of Bharat to create such a sample that all the zones and all the double foreigners remain free from obstacles, free from negative thoughts and free from wasteful thoughts.
219करो रेस . karō race . karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] race . do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] race .
270Now race in this.
220हर एक जोन रेस करे , फारेन भी तो एक जोन हो गया ना . har ēk zone race karē , foreign bhī tō ēk zone hō gayā nā . har ēk[x] zone race karnā[opt.sg.23] , foreign bhī[p.] tō ēk[adj.] zone hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā . each one zone race do[opt.sg.23] , abroad too then one zone be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ .
271Each zone should race. 272Foreign lands are also one zone.
221उसको बापदादा बहुत प्राइज देगा . uskō bāpdādā bahut prize dēgā . vah[pn.sg.kō] bāpdādā bahut prize dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] . that[.kō] BapDada very prize give[fut.m.sg.23] .
273BapDada will give that zone a big prize.
222पूरे जोन में विघ्न का नाम निशान न हो . pūrē zone mē̃ vighna kā nām niśhān na hō . pūrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] zone mē̃[postp.] vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām niśhān[x] na[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . full zone in obstacle of x not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
274There should be no name or trace of any obstacles in the whole zone.
223एक-दो को सहयोग देंगे तो हो जायेगा . ēk-dō kō sahyōg dēgē tō hō jāyēgā . ēk-dō kō[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . one another to cooperation give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
275If you co-operate with one another it will happen.
224जहाँ भी कुछ हो वहाँ एक दो के सहयोगी बनके भी उन्हें निर्विघ्न बनाओ . jahā̃ bhī kuchh hō vahā̃ ēk dō kē|K sahyōgī bankē bhī unhē̃ nirvighna banāō . jahā̃ bhī[p.] kuchh hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] vahā̃ ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[abs.] bhī[p.] vah[pn.pl.kō] nirvighna[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . where there too anything (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) there one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) (of|K) co-operative become[abs.] too that[.kō] free from obstacles create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
276Wherever something happens you should be co-operative with one another and make that free from obstacles.
225हिम्मत दो . himmat dō . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . courage (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) . 226उमंग-उल्हास दो . umaṅg-ulhās dō . umaṅg-ullās[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . zeal and enthusiasm (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .
277Give courage, zeal and enthusiasm.
227ऐसा नक्शा बापदादा देखने चाहते हैं . aisā nakśhā bāpdādā dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nakśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bāpdādā dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . such map BapDada see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 228जैसे सेवा में करके दिखाया ना . jaisē sēvā mē̃ karkē dikhāyā nā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā . like service in do[abs.] x[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ .
278BapDada wishes to see such a picture, just as you demonstrated by doing service.
229जो भी एरिया रही हुई है उसको पूरा करके दिखा रहे हैं , दिखाया भी है तो जैसे सेवा में प्रैक्टिकल करके दिखाया , बापदादा खुश है . jō bhī area rahī huī hai uskō pūrā karkē dikhā rahē haĩ , dikhāyā bhī hai tō jaisē sēvā mē̃ practical karkē dikhāyā , bāpdādā khuśh hai . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] area rahnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , dikhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] practical karnā[abs.] dikhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that too x remain[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that[.kō] full do[abs.] x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , x[past-part.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] then like service in practical do[abs.] x[past-part.m.sg.d.] , BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] .
279Whichever area still remains to be served, you are accomplishing that. 280You have shown that, and so that is like doing it practically in service. 281BapDada is pleased.
230हर एक जोन ने सेवा का कोई न कोई प्रोग्राम बनाया है , फारेन वालों ने भी बनाया है , प्रैक्टिकल किया है , ऐसे स्व पुरूषार्थ का भी प्लैन बनाओ . har ēk zone nē sēvā kā kōī na kōī programme banāyā hai , foreign vālō̃ nē bhī banāyā hai , practical kiyā hai , aisē sva purūṣhārth kā bhī plan banāō . har ēk[x] zone nē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī na kōī[x] programme banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , foreign vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , practical karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sva puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . each one zone ∅ service of one .. or another programme create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , abroad those who ∅ too create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , practical do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , such x effort of too plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
282Each zone has made one service programme or another. 283Those from the lands abroad have also created a programme. 284You have done it practically. 285Now, also make such plans for effort on the self.
231एक दो के सहयोगी बनो . ēk dō kē|K sahyōgī banō . ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) (of|K) co-operative become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
286Become co-operative with one another.
232जैसे अपने को सहयोगी निर्विघ्न बनाने का अटेन्शन रखते हो , वैसे सारे जोन में सभी सेन्टर्स में अटेन्शन हो . jaisē apnē kō sahyōgī nirvighna banānē kā attention rakhtē hō , vaisē sārē zone mē̃ sabhī centres mē̃ attention hō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] sahyōgī[adj.] nirvighna[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention rakhnā[pres.pl.m.2] , vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] zone mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] centre mē̃[postp.] attention hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . like one’s own to co-operative free from obstacles create[inf.m.pl.,o.] of attention keep[pres.pl.m.2] , x the whole zone in all centre in attention (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
287Just as you are paying attention to making yourself co-operative and free from obstacles, in the same way, all the centres in the whole zone should pay that attention.
233उसमें देखें कौन नम्बरवन आता है . usmē̃ dēkhē̃ kaun number one ātā hai . vah[pn.sg.mē̃] dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] kaun[pn.;d.] number one ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . that[.mē̃] see[opt.pl.12hon3] who number one come[pres.sg.m.23] .
288We shall see who claims number one in that.
234हो सकता है या मुश्किल है ? hō saktā hai yā muśhkil hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] yā muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] or difficult be[pres.sg.23] ?
289Is that possible or is it difficult?
235जोन वाले उठो . zone vālē uṭhō . zone vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . zone those who wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
290Heads of the zones, stand up!
236उठो . uṭhō . uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
291Stand up!
237जोन के बड़े आये हैं , रमेश , बृजमोहन भी उठो , यह मधुबन भी उसमें हैं . zone kē|K baṛē āyē haĩ , Ramēśhh , br̥ijmōhan bhī uṭhō , yah madhuban bhī usmē̃ haĩ . zone kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , ramēśh bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , br̥ijmōhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . zone (of|K) very come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , Rameshbhai , Brij Mohan too wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , this Madhuban too that[.mē̃] be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
292Ramesh, Brij Mohan, stand up! 293Madhuban is also included in that.
238मधुबन तो पहला नम्बर है ना . madhuban tō pahlā number hai nā . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō pahlā number[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . Madhuban then x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
294Madhuban is number one, is it not?
239तो यह हो सकता है ? tō yah hō saktā hai ? tō yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? then this be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
295Is it possible?
240हो सकता है ? hō saktā hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
296Is it possible?
241आप ( निर्वैर भाई ) बोलो , हो सकता है ? āp ( nirvair bhāī ) bōlō , hō saktā hai ? āp[pn.pl.] ( nirvair[adj.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] ) bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? you ( x (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) ) speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? 242थोड़ा मुश्किल लगता है ? thōṛā muśhkil lagtā hai ? thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] muśhkil[adj.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? short difficult x[pres.sg.m.23] ?
297 (To Nirwairbhai): Speak, is it possible or do you find it a little difficult?
243 ( आपका संकल्प है तो कुछ भी मुश्किल नहीं है ) चलो पुरूषार्थ शुरू करो , सभी जोन अपना ग्रुप बनाओ , जो भी आपके सहयोगी हैं , उनका ग्रुप बनाओ , प्लैन बनाओ , फिर शुरू करो , फिर देखेगे रिजल्ट क्या है . ( āpkā saṅkalp hai tō kuchh bhī muśhkil nahī̃ hai ) chalō purūṣhārth śhurū karō , sabhī zone apnā group banāō , jō bhī āpkē sahyōgī haĩ , unkā group banāō , plan banāō , phir śhurū karō , phir dēkhēgē result kyā hai . ( āp[pn.pl.kā] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō kuchh bhī[x] muśhkil[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] puruṣhārth śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sab[adv.hī] zone apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] sahyōgī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.kā] group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] x result kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( you[.kā] thought be[pres.sg.23] then anything difficult not be[pres.sg.23] ) continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] effort beginning do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , all zone (one’s own|adopt[root]) group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that too you[.kē] co-operative be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that[.kā] group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (then|turn[root]) beginning do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (then|turn[root]) x result what be[pres.sg.23] .
298(Since it is Your thought, nothing is difficult.) 299OK, begin to make that effort. 300All the zones have to form their own groups. 301Make a group of all those who are co-operative with you. 302Make a plan, then begin it and then we will see what the result is.
244ग्रुप जरूर बनाना पड़ेगा . group jarūr banānā paṛēgā . group zarūr banānā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . group definitely create[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
303You will definitely have to form groups.
245इसमें क्या है , पहले आपकी दीदी थी , बुजुर्ग थी , जगहजगह पर चक्कर लगाती थी . ismē̃ kyā hai , pahlē āpkī dīdī thī , bujurg thī , jagahajagah par chakkar lagātī thī . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] āp[pn.pl.kī] dīdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[past.f] , bujurg[adj.] hōnā[past.f] , x par[postp.]|par[adj.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[hab-past.f.] . this[.mē̃] what be[pres.sg.23] , (x|firstly) you[.kī] didi be[past.f] , older one be[past.f] , x (at|other) cycle attach[hab-past.f.] .
304In earlier days, your Didi, who was elderly, used to go and visit all the different places.
246बस में , यह थ्रीव्हीलर भी नहीं थी , बसों में आधा-आधा घण्टे ठहरके हर छोटे-छोटे स्थान में चक्कर लगाती थी . bas mē̃ , yah thrīvhīlar bhī nahī̃ thī , basō̃ mē̃ ādhā-ādhā ghaṇṭē ṭhaharakē har|her chhōṭē-chhōṭē sthān mē̃ chakkar lagātī thī . basnā[root]|bas mē̃[postp.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] x bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past.f] , bas[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] x harnā[root]|har|her chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[hab-past.f.] . (x[root]|simply) in , this x too not be[past.f] , bus in half hour x (x[root]|x) small place in cycle attach[hab-past.f.] .
305At that time she used to go by bus; there were no three-wheelers (auto rickshaws) at that time. 306She would have to wait at the bus stop for half an hour and visit all the small centres.
247वह आजकल कम है . vah ājkal kam|cum hai . vah[pn.sg.d.] ājkal kam[adj.]|cum hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that nowadays (less|x) be[pres.sg.23] .
307That is lacking nowadays.
248ऐसा ग्रुप बनाओ जो चक्कर लगाता ही रहे , उमंग-उत्साह लाता रहे . aisā group banāō jō chakkar lagātā hī rahē , umaṅg-utsāh lātā rahē . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lānā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . such group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that cycle attach[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , zeal and enthusiasm x[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
308Form a group that continues to tour around and bring zeal and enthusiasm.
249कोई न कोई प्लैन बनाओ क्योंकि समय की पुकार है , जल्दी करो , जल्दी करो . kōī na kōī plan banāō kyōṅki samay kī pukār hai , jaldī karō , jaldī karō . kōī na kōī[x] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki samay kī pukār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jaldī karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jaldī karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one .. or another plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because call of the time be[pres.sg.23] , very quickly do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , very quickly do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 250और अचानक होना है . aur achānak hōnā hai . aur achānak hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . and suddenly be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
309Make one plan or another because the Call of Time is "Hurry up! 310Hurry up!" because everything will happen suddenly.
251इसलिए मीटिंग में कोई न कोई प्लैन बनाओ . isliē meeting mē̃ kōī na kōī plan banāō . isliē meeting mē̃[postp.] kōī na kōī[x] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore meeting in one .. or another plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
311Therefore, make one plan or another in the meeting.
252कैसे करें , कया करें ? kaisē karē̃ , kayā karē̃ ? kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , x karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ? how do[opt.pl.12hon3] , x do[opt.pl.12hon3] ? 253वह डिटेल बनाओ . vah detail banāō . vah[pn.sg.d.] detail banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that detail create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
312Make a detailed list of what to do and how to do it.
254डबल फारेनर्स भी बनाना . double foreigners bhī banānā . double foreigner bhī[p.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . double foreigner too create[inf.m.sg.d.] .
313Double foreigners, you should also do this.
255देखें कौन नम्बरवन जाता है . dēkhē̃ kaun number one jātā hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] kaun[pn.;d.] number one jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . see[opt.pl.12hon3] who number one go[pres.sg.m.23] .
314We shall see who claims number one.
256डबल फारेनर्स जब भी मधुबन के संगठन में आते हो तो मधुबन के संगठन में रौनक हो जाती है क्योंकि इन्टरनैशनल संगठन हो जाता है , नहीं तो सिर्फ भारत का संगठन होता है . double foreigners jab bhī madhuban kē|K saṅgaṭhan mē̃ ātē hō tō madhuban kē|K saṅgaṭhan mē̃ raunak hō jātī hai kyōṅki inṭaranaiśanal saṅgaṭhan hō jātā hai , nahī̃ tō sirph bhārat kā saṅgaṭhan hōtā hai . double foreigner jab bhī[p.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅgaṭhan[x] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.2] tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅgaṭhan[x] mē̃[postp.] raunak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] kyōṅki x saṅgaṭhan[x] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , nahī̃ tō[x] sirph[adj.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . double foreigner when too Madhuban (of|K) gathering in come[pres.pl.m.2] then Madhuban (of|K) gathering in splendour be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] because x gathering be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , otherwise only Bharat of gathering be[pres.sg.m.23] .
315When the double foreigners come into a Madhuban gathering there is splendour in the gathering, because it becomes international. 316Otherwise, it is just a gathering of Bharat.
257तो बापदादा को अभी देख करके खुशी होती है कि हर सीजन के टर्न में डबल विदेशी होते ही हैं . tō bāpdādā kō abhī dēkh karkē khuśhī hōtī hai ki har|her season kē|K turn mē̃ double vidēśhī hōtē hī haĩ . tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] ab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] harnā[root]|har|her season kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tum mē̃[postp.] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then BapDada to now see[root] do[abs.] happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] that (x[root]|x) season (of|K) you in double foreigner be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
317So, BapDada is pleased to see that double foreigners are always in every turn of the season.
258यह प्रोग्रेस अच्छी की है . yah progress achchhī kī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] progress achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . this progress achcha do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
318You have made good progress in this.
259और बापदादा का विशेष प्यार तो है ही क्यों ? aur bāpdādā kā viśhēṣh pyār tō hai hī kyō̃ ? aur bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] kyō̃ ? and BapDada of special love then be[pres.sg.23] only why ?
319And BapDada loves you specially anyway. 320Why?
260भारतवासी त्याग करते हैं लेकिन आपका डबल त्याग है . bhāratvāsī tyāg kartē haĩ lēkin āpkā double tyāg hai . bhāratvāsī[adj.] tyāgnā[root]|tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kā] double tyāgnā[root]|tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . people of Bharat (renounce[root]|renunciation) do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but you[.kā] double (renounce[root]|renunciation) be[pres.sg.23] .
321The people of Bharat have renunciation, but you have double renunciation.
261आपका कल्चर भी अलग है . āpkā culture bhī alag hai . āp[pn.pl.kā] culture bhī[p.] alag[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you[.kā] culture too separate be[pres.sg.23] .
322Your culture is also different.
262भारत का कल्चर तो वही होता है . bhārat kā culture tō vahī hōtā hai . bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] culture tō vahī hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . Bharat of culture then this be[pres.sg.m.23] .
323The people of Bharat have the same culture.
263इसीलिए बापदादा को खुशी होती है तो अभी अनुभव करते हैं कि हम भारत के थे , भारत के रहने वाले हैं . isīliē bāpdādā kō khuśhī hōtī hai tō abhī anubhav kartē haĩ ki ham bhārat kē|K thē , bhārat kē|K rahnē vālē haĩ . isīliē bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] tō ab[adv.hī] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[past.pl] , bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x BapDada to happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] then now experience do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that we Bharat (of|K) be[past.pl] , Bharat (of|K) remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
324That is why BapDada is pleased. 325You now experience belonging to Bharat and are residents of Bharat.
264आगे तो भारत ही होना है ना . āgē tō bhārat hī hōnā hai nā . āgē tō bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . previously then Bharat only be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ .
326In the future there will just be Bharat anyway.
265यह अमेरिका , लण्डन नहीं होगा . yah America , london nahī̃ hōgā . yah[pn.sg.d.] America , London nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . this America , x not be[fut.m.sg.23] .
327There won't be that America or London.
266यह सब पिकनिक के स्थान बन जायेंगे . yah sab picnic kē|K sthān ban jāyēṅgē . yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] picnic kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . this all picnic (of|K) place become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . 267बाकी जो भी होगा एक ही भारत . bākī jō bhī hōgā ēk hī bhārat . bākī|bākī jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] . (others|but) that too be[fut.m.sg.23] one only Bharat .
328All of those will become picnic places, and all that remains will be just the one Bharat.
268तो अभी यह अनुभव करते हैं कि हम सेवा के लिए विदेश में गये हैं . tō abhī yah anubhav kartē haĩ ki ham sēvā kē liē vidēśh mē̃ gayē haĩ . tō ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . then now this experience do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that we service for abroad in go[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
329So, you now feel that you have gone abroad for service.
269आप सोचो अभी भी 30 स्थानों से आये हैं , सीजन जब थी फारेन की तो कितने तरफ के थे ? āp sōchō abhī bhī 30 sthānō̃ sē āyē haĩ , season jab thī foreign kī|key tō kitnē taraph kē|K thē ? āp[pn.pl.] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] 30 sthān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , season jab hōnā[past.f] foreign kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[past.pl] ? you think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] now too 30 place from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , season when be[past.f] abroad (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) then so direction (of|K) be[past.pl] ?
330Just think - even now, there are students from 30 countries. 331From how many countries were the students that came during the foreign season?
270 ( 90 देशों के आये थे ) तो सोचो , 90 देशों की भाषा अगर इन्डिया की बहिनें सीखें और सेवा करें तो योग लगायेंगे या भाषा सीखेंगे ? ( 90 dēśhō̃ kē|K āyē thē ) tō sōchō , 90 dēśhō̃ kī|key bhāṣhā agar India kī|key bahinē̃ sīkhē̃ aur sēvā karē̃ tō yōg lagāyēṅgē yā bhāṣhā sīkhē̃gē ? ( 90 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ānā[past-perf.pl.m.] ) tō sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , 90 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] agar India kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sīkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yā bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] sīkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? ( 90 land (of|K) come[past-perf.pl.m.] ) then think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , 90 land (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) language if India (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x learn[opt.pl.12hon3] and service do[opt.pl.12hon3] then yoga attach[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or language learn[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
332(90 countries.) 333Just think that if the sisters from India had to learn the languages of 90 countries, would they have yoga or would they be learning the languages to do service?
271इसीलिए आपको भिन्न भिन्न देश में सेवा के लिए भेजा गया है . isīliē āpkō bhinn bhinn dēśh mē̃ sēvā kē liē bhējā gayā hai . isīliē āp[pn.pl.kō] bhinn[adj.] bhinn[adj.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] bhējnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|bhējnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.passive] . x you[.kō] different different land in service for (x[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|x[pres-perf.sg.m.23.passive]) .
334Therefore, you have been sent to the different countries for service.
272परमानेंट एड्रेस आपकी कौन सी है ? permanent address āpkī kaun see|sī|C hai ? permanent address[x] āp[pn.pl.kī] kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? permanent address you[.kī] who (see|x) be[pres.sg.23] ?
335What is your permanent address?
273पता है . patā hai . patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . knowledge be[pres.sg.23] .
336Do you know?
274परमानेंट एड्रेस कौन सी ? permanent address kaun see|sī|C ? permanent address[x] kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C ? permanent address who (see|x) ?
337What is your permanent address?
275मधुबन कि लण्डन अमेरिका ? madhuban ki london America ? madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] ki[conj.] London America ? Madhuban that x America ?
338Is it Madhuban or London or America?
276मधुबन है ? madhuban hai ? madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? Madhuban be[pres.sg.23] ?
339Is it Madhuban?
277बोलो , परमानेंट एड्रेस मधुबन है , पक्का है ? bōlō , permanent address madhuban hai , pakkā hai ? bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , permanent address[x] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , permanent address Madhuban be[pres.sg.23] , firm be[pres.sg.23] ?
340Say that your permanent address is Madhuban. 341Are you sure?
278सेवा के लिए गये हो . sēvā kē liē gayē hō . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] jānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . service for go[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
342You have gone there for service.
279घर मधुबन है , सेवा स्थान अलग-अलग है . ghar madhuban hai , sēvā sthān alag-alag hai . ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] alag[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . home Madhuban be[pres.sg.23] , service place separate be[pres.sg.23] .
343Your home is Madhuban and your service places are in the different places.
280इन्डिया में भी अलग अलग है ना , कोई महाराष्ट्र में है , कोई राजस्थान में है , यह सेवार्थ है . India mē̃ bhī alag alag hai nā , kōī mahārāṣhṭra mē̃ hai , kōī rājasthān mē̃ hai , yah sēvārth hai . India mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] alag[adj.] alag[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , kōī[pn.;d.] mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] rājasthān mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] sēvārth[adv.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . India in too separate separate be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , some Maharashtra in be[pres.sg.23] , some x in be[pres.sg.23] , this for service be[pres.sg.23] .
344In India too, they are in different places: some are from Maharashtra and others are from Rajasthan. 345They are there for service.
281तो डबल विदेशी अभी टाइटल ही रखो डबल पुरूषार्थी | डबल विदेशी नहीं डबल पुरूषार्थी . tō double vidēśhī abhī title hī rakhō double purūṣhārthī | double vidēśhī nahī̃ double purūṣhārthī . tō double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] title hī[p.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] double purūṣhārthī[x] | double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] double purūṣhārthī[x] . then double foreigner now title only keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] double effort-maker | double foreigner not double effort-maker .
346So, double foreigners, you should now keep your title of 'double effort-makers'. 347Not double foreigners, but double effort-makers.
282अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
348Achcha.
283ट्रेनिंग की कुमारियां : यह भी झण्डियां लेकर आई हैं , अच्छी पहचान हो जाती है . training kī|key kumāriyā̃ : yah bhī jhaṇḍiyā̃ lēkar āī haĩ , achchhī pahchān hō jātī hai . training kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key kumārī[x] : yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] jhaṇḍī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] lēnā[abs.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] pahchān[n.f.;sg.]|pahchānnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . training (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) kumari : this too flag take[abs.] come[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , achcha (recognition|recognise[root]) be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
349Kumaris who have come for training: They have come with their flags. 350That is a good sign for recognition.
284अच्छा , ट्रेनिंग हो गई ? achchhā , training hō gaī ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , training hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] ? achcha , training be[past-part.f..root+jānā] ?
351OK, have you finished your training?
285पक्की हो गई ? pakkī hō gaī ? pakkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] ? firm be[past-part.f..root+jānā] ?
352Have you become strong?
286या थोड़ी-थोड़ी कच्ची ? yā thōṛī-thōṛī kachchī ? yā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ? or short weak ?
353Or are you a little weak?
287पक्की ? pakkī ? pakkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ? firm ?
354Are you strong?
288अभी वहाँ जाके ट्रेनिंग जो की है , उसका सबूत रूप दिखायेंगे ना . abhī vahā̃ jākē training jō kī hai , uskā sabūt rūp dikhāyēṅgē nā . ab[adv.hī] vahā̃ jānā[abs.] training jō[pn.;d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , vah[pn.sg.kā] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . now there go[abs.] training that do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , that[.kā] x Rup x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
355Now, when you go back you will show the practical proof of the training you have had, will you not?
289दिखायेंगी ? dikhāyēṅgī ? dikhānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ? x[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ?
356Will you show it?
290कि कहेंगी क्या करें , हो गया … माया आ गई … . ki kahē̃gī kyā karē̃ , hō gayā … māyā ā gaī … . ki[conj.] kahnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] … māyā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.f..root+jānā] … . that say[fut.f.pl.12hon3] what do[opt.pl.12hon3] , be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] … Maya come[past-part.f..root+jānā] … .
357Or, will you say, "What can I do? 358Maya came."
291ऐसे तो नहीं कहेंगे . aisē tō nahī̃ kahē̃gē . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . such then not say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
359You will not say this, will you?
292विजयी . vijayī . vijayī[adj.] . victorious .
360You are victorious.
293सदा विजयी का तिलक लगाके जा रही हो . sadā vijayī kā tilak lagākē jā rahī hō . sadā vijayī[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[abs.] jānā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] . constantly victorious of tilak attach[abs.] go[pres.pl.f.acc.2] .
361You are going back having had the tilak of victory applied for all time.
294कभी भी कोई आपसे पूछे आपका हालचाल क्या है ? kabhī bhī kōī āpsē pūchhē āpkā hālchāl kyā hai ? kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.sē] pūchhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|pūchhnā[opt.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.kā] hāl-chāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? ever too some you[.sē] (ask[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ask[opt.sg.23]) you[.kā] how they are what be[pres.sg.23] ? 295क्या कहेंगी ? kyā kahē̃gī ? kyā kahnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ? what say[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ?
362If anyone ever asks you how you are, what are you going to say?
296अच्छे ते अच्छा कहेंगी . achchhē tē achchhā kahē̃gī . achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kahnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . achcha from achcha say[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
363You will say: I am as fine as ever.
297अभी झण्डियां हिलाओ . abhī jhaṇḍiyā̃ hilāō . ab[adv.hī] jhaṇḍī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now flag make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
364You may now wave your flags.
298अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
365Achcha.
299तो हर मास जो इन्चार्ज है ना दादी , उनको ओ . के . ओ . के का लिखना . tō har|her mās jō incharge hai nā dādī , unkō ō . kē|K . ō . kē|K kā likhnā . tō harnā[root]|har|her mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] incharge hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , vah[pn.pl.kō] O . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . O . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then (x[root]|x) (month|x) that x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ Dadi , that[.kō] x . (of|K) . x . (of|K) of write[inf.m.sg.d.] .
366Now, every month, write your "OK" to the Dadi who is in charge.
300बड़ा पत्र नहीं लिखना , यह हो गया , यह कह गया नहीं . baṛā patra nahī̃ likhnā , yah hō gayā , yah kah gayā nahī̃ . baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , yah[pn.sg.d.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nahī̃[neg] . very x not write[inf.m.sg.d.] , this be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , this say[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] not .
367Do not write a long letter: "This happened, and this one said this." 368No.
301ओ . के . या बीच में कुछ हुआ तो लकीर डाल दो बस . ō . kē|K . yā bīch mē̃ kuchh huā tō lakīr ḍāl dō bas . O . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . yā bīch mē̃[postp.] kuchh hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō lakīr[n.f.;sg.] ḍālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] basnā[root]|bas . x . (of|K) . or centre in anything be[past-part.m.sg.d.] then line create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] (x[root]|simply) . 302क्योंकि टाइम नहीं होता है पढ़ने का . kyōṅki time nahī̃ hōtā hai paṛhnē kā . kyōṅki time nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] paṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . because time not be[pres.sg.m.23] study[inf.m.pl.,o.] of .
369Either write "OK" or if something has happened, then just put a line through OK because there isn't that much time to read it.
303शार्टकट या ओ . के . , अगर कोई गड़बड़ हुई तो ओ . के . के बीच में लकीर लगाना बस . shortcut yā ō . kē|K . , agar kōī gaṛbaṛ huī tō ō . kē|K . kē|K bīch mē̃ lakīr lagānā bas . shortcut yā O . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . , agar kōī[pn.;d.] gaṛbaṛ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.f.] tō O . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bīch mē̃[postp.] lakīr[n.f.;sg.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] basnā[root]|bas . short-cut or x . (of|K) . , if some x be[past-part.f.] then x . (of|K) . (of|K) centre in line attach[inf.m.sg.d.] (x[root]|simply) .
370Either write a short cut or OK. 371If something has gone wrong, then just draw a line through the OK. 372That is all.
304ठीक है अभी रिजल्ट देखेंगे . ṭhīk hai abhī result dēkhē̃gē . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ab[adv.hī] result dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . OK be[pres.sg.23] now result see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
373Is that fine? 374We shall now see the result.
305जो ग्रुप होके गये हैं , उनकी रिजल्ट आई है ? jō group hōkē gayē haĩ , unkī result āī hai ? jō[pn.;d.] group hōnā[abs.] jānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.kī] result ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? that group be[abs.] go[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , that[.kī] result come[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
375Has the result come of the group that has just gone?
306रतनमोहिनी कहाँ है , ( रिजल्ट आती रहती है ) रिजल्ट जरूर आनी चाहिए . ratanmōhinī kahā̃ hai , ( result ātī rahtī hai ) result jarūr ānī chāhiē . ratanmōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kahā̃ hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ( result ānā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] ) result zarūr ānā[.oblig3] . Ratanmohini where be[pres.sg.23] , ( result come[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] ) result definitely come[.oblig3] .
376Where is Dadi Ratanmohini? 377(Results continue to come.) 378Results should definitely come.
307नहीं तो क्या है , ढीली हो जायेंगी . nahī̃ tō kyā hai , ḍhīlī hō jāyēṅgī . nahī̃ tō[x] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . otherwise what be[pres.sg.23] , x be[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
379What happens otherwise is that they become slack.
308हर मास रिजल्ट आनी चाहिए . har|her mās result ānī chāhiē . harnā[root]|har|her mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] result ānā[.oblig3] . (x[root]|x) (month|x) result come[.oblig3] .
380The results should come every month.
309छोटा सा कार्ड भेजना . chhōṭā sā card bhējnā . chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] card bhējnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . small x card x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
381Just send a small card.
310बड़ा कागज नहीं लेना , खर्चा नहीं करना . baṛā kāgaj nahī̃ lēnā , kharchā nahī̃ karnā . baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kāġaz[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , kharch, kharchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . very paper not take[inf.m.sg.d.] , expenditure not do[inf.m.sg.d.] . 311लेकिन रिजल्ट आवे जरूर , तभी पता पड़े कि ट्रेनिंग से फायदा क्या है . lēkin result āvē jarūr , tabhī patā paṛē ki training sē phāydā kyā hai . lēkin result ānā[opt.sg.23] zarūr , tabhī patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] paṛnā[opt.sg.23]|paṛnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] training sē[postp.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but result come[opt.sg.23] definitely , x knowledge (fall[opt.sg.23]|fall[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that training from profit what be[pres.sg.23] .
382Do not take a big piece of paper; do not incur extra expense, but your results should definitely be sent. 383Only then will we know what benefit there is from the training.
312इतना महल बनाया है आपके लिए . itnā mahal banāyā hai āpkē liē . itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahal[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] āp[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē . such palace create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] you[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) .
384Such a big palace has been built for you.
313सारे शान्तिवन में सबसे बढ़िया स्थान ट्रेनिंग का है . sārē śhāntivan mē̃ sabsē baṛhiyā sthān training kā hai . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhāntivan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sabsē baṛhiyā[adj.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] training kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . the whole Shantivan in the most x place training of be[pres.sg.23] .
385In the whole of Shantivan, the most beautiful place is the building for the training.
314तो बापदादा और मधुबन निवासियों ने , आपसे प्यार है उसका सबूत दिया है , अभी आपको सबूत देना है . tō bāpdādā aur madhuban nivāsiyō̃ nē , āpsē pyār hai uskā sabūt diyā hai , abhī āpkō sabūt dēnā hai . tō bāpdādā aur madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] , āp[pn.pl.sē] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.kā] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , ab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.kō] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then BapDada and Madhuban resident ∅ , you[.sē] love be[pres.sg.23] that[.kā] x give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , now you[.kō] x give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
386BapDada and all the Madhuban residents have given the proof of having love for you. 387Now you have to give the proof.
315ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .
388Is that OK?
316रिपोर्ट लिखते रहना , मास में एक बार . report likhtē rahnā , mās mē̃ ēk bār . report likhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] bār[n.f.;sg.] . report write[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , (month|x) in one time .
389Continue to write your report once every month.
317ज्यादा नहीं लिखना . jyādā nahī̃ likhnā . jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . more not write[inf.m.sg.d.] .
390Do not write a lot.
318अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
391OK.
319बापदादा खुश है क्योंकि विश्व के सामने तो टीचर्स ही रहती हैं ना . bāpdādā khuśh hai kyōṅki viśhva kē|K sāmnē tō teachers hī rahtī haĩ nā . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāmnē tō teacher hī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] nā . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] because world (of|K) x then teacher only remain[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ∅ .
392BapDada is pleased because it is the teachers who are in front of the world.
320टीचर्स विजयी तो सेन्टर विजयी . teachers vijayī tō centre vijayī . teacher vijayī[adj.] tō centre vijayī[adj.] . teacher victorious then centre victorious .
393If the teachers become victorious, the centres become victorious.
321सेन्टर विजयी तो जोन विजयी और जोन विजयी तो विश्व विजयी . centre vijayī tō zone vijayī aur zone vijayī tō viśhva vijayī . centre vijayī[adj.] tō zone vijayī[adj.] aur zone vijayī[adj.] tō viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] vijayī[adj.] . centre victorious then zone victorious and zone victorious then world victorious .
394If the centres become victorious, the zones become victorious, and if the zones are victorious, the world become victorious.
322इसलिए यह पुरूषार्थ पक्का करना . isliē yah purūṣhārth pakkā karnā . isliē yah[pn.sg.d.] puruṣhārth pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . therefore this effort firm do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
395Therefore, make firm effort.
323ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .
396Is that OK?
324अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
397Achcha.
325अभी एक सेकण्ड में सभी बहुत मीठी मीठी स्वीट साइलेन्स की स्टेज के अनुभव में खो जाओ . abhī ēk second mē̃ sabhī bahut mīṭhī mīṭhī sweet silence kī|key stage kē|K anubhav mē̃ khō jāō . ab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] bahut mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sweet silence[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key stage kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] khōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . now one second in all very sweet sweet sweet silence (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) stage (of|K) experience in lose[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
398Now, in one second, all of you, become lost in the experience of a very sweet silence stage.
326 ( बापदादा ने ड्रिल कराई ) अच्छा . ( bāpdādā nē drill karāī ) achchhā . ( bāpdādā nē[postp.] drill karānā[past-part.f.] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . ( BapDada ∅ drill make commit[past-part.f.] ) achcha .
399(BapDada conducted drill.) 400Achcha.
327चारों ओर के सर्व तीव्र पुरूषार्थी , सदा दृढ़ संकल्प द्वारा सफलता को प्राप्त करने वाले , सदा विजय के तिलकधारी , बापदादा के दिल तख्तधारी , डबल ताजधारी , विश्व कल्याणकारी , सदा लक्ष्य और लक्षण को समान करने वाले परमात्म प्यार में पलने वाले ऐसे सर्व श्रेष्ठ बच्चों को बापदादा का यादप्यार , दिल की दुआयें और नमस्ते . chārō̃ ōr kē|K sarv tīvr purūṣhārthī , sadā dr̥iṛh saṅkalp dvārā saphaltā kō prāpt karnē vālē , sadā vijay kē|K tilakdhārī , bāpdādā kē|K dil takhtadhārī , double tājdhārī , viśhva kalyāṇkārī , sadā lakṣhya aur lakṣhaṇ kō samān karnē vālē paramātma pyār mē̃ palnē vālē aisē sarv śhrēṣhṭh bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā kā yādpyār , dil kī|key duāyē̃ aur namastē . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sarv[adj.] tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] , sadā dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] prāpt[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , sadā vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tilakdhārī[adj.] , bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] takhtadhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , double tājdhārī[adj.] , viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] , sadā lakṣhya[adj.] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samān[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] palnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sarv[adj.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] aur namastē . everywhere (of|K) all intense effort-maker , constantly determined thought through success to reached do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , constantly victory (of|K) x , BapDada (of|K) heart x , double crowned , world beneficial , constantly aim and qualification to equal do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who Supreme Soul love in x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who such all elevated child to BapDada of love, remembrance , heart (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) blessing and x .
401To all the intense effort-makers who always attain success with their determined thoughts, to those who always have the tilak of victory, to those who are seated on BapDada's heart-throne, to the world- benefactors with a double crown, to those who always make the qualifications for their aim equal to their aim, to those who are sustained by God's love, to all the most elevated children, BapDada's love, remembrance and blessings from the heart and namaste.
328दादियों से : बच्चे हाजिर हैं , तो बाप तो हाजिर है ही . dādiyō̃ sē : bachchē hājir haĩ , tō bāp tō hājir hai hī . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hāzir[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hāzir[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . Dadi from : child present be[pres.pl.12hon3] , then father then present be[pres.sg.23] only .
402To the Dadis: When the children are present, the Father is present anyway.
329न बाप बच्चों से दूर हो सकता , न बच्चे बाप से दूर हो सकते . na bāp bachchō̃ sē dūr hō saktā , na bachchē bāp sē dūr hō saktē . na[neg] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē dūr[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , na[neg] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē dūr[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . not father child distant from (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , not child father distant from (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
403Neither can the Father be far from the children nor can the children be far from the Father.
330वायदा है साथ हैं , साथ चलेंगे , आधाकल्प ब्रह्मा बाप के साथ रहेंगे . vāydā hai sāth haĩ , sāth chalē̃gē , ādhākalp brahmā bāp kē sāth rahē̃gē . vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , ādhākalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . promise be[pres.sg.23] with be[pres.pl.12hon3] , with continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , for half a cycle Brahma father with remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
404You have promised that you are together and that you will return together.
331 ( दादी जानकी जी ने कहा , वह भी तो समाया हुआ साथ में है ) आपकी यह अनुभूति ठीक है . ( dādī jānkī jī nē kahā , vah bhī tō samāyā huā sāth mē̃ hai ) āpkī yah anubhūti ṭhīk hai . ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jīnā[root]|jī[x]|jīnā[past-part.f.] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] tō samānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) āp[pn.pl.kī] yah[pn.sg.d.] anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( Dadi x (live[root]|ji|live[past-part.f.]) ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] , that too then merge[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] with in be[pres.sg.23] ) you[.kī] this experience OK be[pres.sg.23] .
405For half the cycle you will remain with Father Brahma (Dadi Jankiji said: He is also with us, merged in us.) 406This experience of yours is correct.
332अभी तो गैरेन्टी है लेकिन जब राज्य करेंगे तो नहीं आयेंगे . abhī tō guarantee hai lēkin jab rājya karē̃gē tō nahī̃ āyēṅgē . ab[adv.hī] tō guarantee hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin jab rājya karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . now then guarantee be[pres.sg.23] but when x then not come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
407You have the guarantee now, but when you rule the kingdom Baba will not be there.
333कोई देखने वाला भी चाहिए ना . kōī dēkhnē vālā bhī chāhiē nā . kōī[pn.;d.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] nā . some see[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who too (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ∅ .
408You also need someone simply to watch.
334 ( ऊपर मन कैसे लगेगा ) ड्रामा में पार्ट है . ( ūpar man kaisē lagēgā ) drama mē̃ part hai . ( ūpar man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] ) drama mē̃[postp.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( over mind how x[fut.m.sg.23] ) drama in part be[pres.sg.23] .
409(How will You be able to be settled up there?) 410It is a part of the drama.
335ब्रह्मा बाप तो साथ है ना . brahmā bāp tō sāth hai nā . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . Brahma father then with be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
411Father Brahma is with you, is he not?
336देखो , ड्रामा क्या करता है ? dēkhō , drama kyā kartā hai ? dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , drama kyā karnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , drama what do[pres.sg.m.23] ?
412See what happens in the drama.
337अच्छा है सब एक दो को सम्मान देते , स्वमान में रहते , चल रहे हो , चलते रहो . achchhā hai sab ēk dō kō sammān dētē , svamān mē̃ rahtē , chal rahē hō , chaltē rahō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sab[adj.] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] sammān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , svamān[x] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] all one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to respect give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , self-respect in remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , continue[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
413It is good that all of you are moving along having self-respect and giving respect to one another; continue to move along in that way.
338हाँ यह भी साथी हैं ही ( मनोहर दादी और शान्तामणी दादी ) थोड़ी तबियत है , कोई हर्जा नहीं . hā̃ yah bhī sāthī haĩ hī ( manōhar dādī aur śāntāmaṇī dādī ) thōṛī tabiyat hai , kōī harjā nahī̃ . hā̃ yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] ( manōhar[n.f.;sg.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur x dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ) thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] harzā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . yes this too companion be[pres.pl.12hon3] only ( x Dadi and x Dadi ) short health be[pres.sg.23] , some x not .
414Yes, these are also your companions (Shantamani Dadi and Manohar Dadi). 415Your health is a little up and down, but it doesn't matter.
339शुरू से निमित्त बने हैं स्थापना के तो स्थापना अभी पूरी नहीं हुई है ना , तो साथी हैं ना . śhurū sē nimitt banē haĩ sthāpanā kē|K tō sthāpanā abhī pūrī nahī̃ huī hai nā , tō sāthī haĩ nā . śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tō sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] ab[adv.hī] pūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|pūrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā , tō sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . beginning from instrument become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] establishment (of|K) then establishment now (puri|full) not be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ , then companion be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
416You have been instruments for the establishment from the beginning, and establishment has not yet been completed. 417So, you are companions, are you not?
340 ( अंकल आंटी ने यादप्यार भेजा है ) | कहो बापदादा आपसे भी ज्यादा पदमगुणा याद करता है . ( uncle aunty nē yādpyār bhējā hai ) | kahō bāpdādā āpsē bhī jyādā padamguṇā yād kartā hai . ( uncle aunty nē[postp.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhējnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) | kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāpdādā āp[pn.pl.sē] bhī[p.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] yād karnā[pres.sg.m.23] . ( Uncle Auntie ∅ love, remembrance x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) | say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] BapDada you[.sē] too more multimillion-fold remember .
418Uncle Steve and Auntie have sent their love and remembrance: Tell them: BapDada is remembering you multimillionfold more than you remember Him.
341अच्छे हैं . achchhē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
419They are good.
342अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 343अपना रिटर्न अच्छा दे रहे हैं . apnā return achchhā dē rahē haĩ . apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] return achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . (one’s own|adopt[root]) return achcha give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . 344अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
420OK, they are giving their return very well.
345 ( दादी निर्मलशान्ता ने भी याद भेजी है . ( dādī nirmalśhāntā nē bhī yād bhējī hai . ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nirmalśhāntā[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] yād[n.f.;sg.] bhējnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . ( Dadi Nirmal Shanta ∅ too remembrance x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
421Dadi Nirmalshanta has also sent her remembrance.
346) ( भाकी पहनते समय जानकी दादी ने कहा कि दादी की भाकी याद आती है ) दादी आपके साथ है ही . ) ( bhākī pahantē samay jānkī dādī nē kahā ki dādī kī|key bhākī yād ātī hai ) dādī āpkē sāth hai hī . ) ( bhākī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] pahannā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bhākī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] ) dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kē] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . ) ( embrace x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] time x Dadi ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] that Dadi (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) embrace remembrance come[pres.sg.f.23] ) Dadi you[.kē] with be[pres.sg.23] only .
422(At the time of embracing BapDada, Dadi Janki said that she was remembering Dadiji.) 423Dadi is with you.
347डा . अशोक मेहता से : देखो , यह तो शरीर का बर्थ डे मनाया , बहुत अच्छा किया . ḍā . aśhōk Mēhtā sē : dēkhō , yah tō śharīr kā birth day manāyā , bahut achchhā kiyā . ḍā[n.m.;sg.,d.] . aśhōk[adj.] x sē[postp.] : dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] birth day[x] manānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . x . x x from : see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , this then body of birthday celebrate[past-part.m.sg.d.] , very achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
424To Dr Ashok Mehta (just celebrated his 70th birthday): Look you just celebrated your physical birthday. 425You did very well.
348लेकिन आपका अलौकिक बर्थ भी न्यारा और प्यारा है . lēkin āpkā alaukik birth bhī nyārā aur pyārā hai . lēkin āp[pn.pl.kā] alaukik[adj.] birth bhī[p.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but you[.kā] alokik x too unique and loving be[pres.sg.23] .
426However, your alokik birth is also lovely and unique.
349और अच्छा है , यह भी जो बर्थ डे मनाया , तो यह सच्चे दिल से जो सेवा की है उसका रिटर्न मिल रहा है . aur achchhā hai , yah bhī jō birth day manāyā , tō yah sachchē dil sē jō sēvā kī hai uskā return mil rahā hai . aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] jō[pn.;d.] birth day[x] manānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , tō yah[pn.sg.d.] sachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.kā] return milnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . and achcha be[pres.sg.23] , this too that birthday celebrate[past-part.m.sg.d.] , then this true heart from that service do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that[.kā] return receive[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
427It is even better. 428The birthday you just celebrated was your receiving the return of having served with an honest heart.
350दूसरों ने मिलके खास मनाया ना . dūsrō̃ nē milkē khās manāyā nā . dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] milnā[abs.] khās manānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā . other ∅ receive[abs.] x celebrate[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ .
429Others specially got together and celebrated it.
351तो यह सेवा का रिटर्न मिला . tō yah sēvā kā return milā . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] return milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . then this service of return (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .
430So, that was receiving a return of service.
352और अलौकिक जन्म में भी सेवा , सोशल सेवा विश्व में प्रसिद्ध करने की सेवा के निमित्त बने हो . aur alaukik janm mē̃ bhī sēvā , social sēvā viśhva mē̃ prasiddh karnē kī|key sēvā kē nimitt banē hō . aur alaukik[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] , social sēvā[n.f.;sg.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] prasiddh[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . and alokik (life|be born[root]) in too service , x service world in x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) service x become[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
431However, in your alokik birth, too, you have become an instrument to do service, social service, service that makes you famous in the world.
353जब से ग्लोबल हॉस्पिटल बनी तब से आबू का वायुमण्डल परिवर्तन हो गया . jab sē global hospital banī tab sē ābū kā vāyumaṇḍal parivartan hō gayā . jab sē[postp.] global hospital bannā[past-part.f.] tab sē[postp.] ābū kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . when from x hospital become[past-part.f.] for only then from Abu of atmosphere transformation be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . 354और सभी इन्ट्रेस्ट लेते हैं कि यह सिर्फ आध्यात्मिक सेवा नहीं करते लेकिन सोशल वर्क भी करते और हेल्थ का भी करते हैं , तो यह प्रभाव बदलते बदलते सेवा बढ़ती गई है . aur sabhī interest lētē haĩ ki yah sirph ādhyātmik sēvā nahī̃ kartē lēkin social work bhī kartē aur health kā bhī kartē haĩ , tō yah prabhāv badaltē badaltē sēvā baṛhtī gaī hai . aur sab[adv.hī] interest lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sirph[adj.] ādhyātmik[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin social work bhī[p.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aur health kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , tō yah[pn.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] badalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] badalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] baṛhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] . and all interest take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this only spiritual service not do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] but x x too do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] and health of too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , then this x change[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] change[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] service grow[pres-perf.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] .
432From the time that the Global Hospital was built, the atmosphere in Abu has changed, and everyone is interested that you (the BKs) are not just doing spiritual service, but that you are also doing social service and also looking after health. 433So, this impression has continued to change and service has continued to increase.
355तो निमित्त बने ना . tō nimitt banē nā . tō nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] nā . then instrument (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) ∅ .
434So you became instruments, did you not?
356तो कितनी दुआयें हैं ? tō kitnī duāyē̃ haĩ ? tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? then so blessing be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
435So, you have received so many blessings!
357बहुत दुआयें मिली हैं . bahut duāyē̃ milī haĩ . bahut duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] . very blessing receive[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] .
436You have received a lot of blessings.
358दुआओं का खज़ाना भरपूर है . duāō̃ kā khazānā bharpūr hai . duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bharpūr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . blessing of treasure full be[pres.sg.23] .
437Your treasure-store of blessings is overflowing.
359अभी स्व पुरूषार्थ का जो खाता है , उसमें ज्यादा थोड़ा एडीशन करो , दुआयें और पुण्य का खाता ठीक है स्व पुरूषार्थ का जो खाता है उसमें थोड़ा और तीव्र करो . abhī sva purūṣhārth kā jō khātā hai , usmē̃ jyādā thōṛā addition karō , duāyē̃ aur puṇya kā khātā ṭhīk hai sva purūṣhārth kā jō khātā hai usmē̃ thōṛā aur tīvr karō . ab[adv.hī] sva puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] khānā[pres.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] addition karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] aur puṇya kā khātā[x] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sva puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] khānā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur tīvr[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now x effort of that eat[pres.sg.m.23] , that[.mē̃] more short addition do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , blessing and accounts of charity OK be[pres.sg.23] x effort of that eat[pres.sg.m.23] that[.mē̃] short and intense do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
438Now, make a little more addition to your account of effort for the self. 439Your account of blessings and charity is fine, but now, make fast effort to accumulate in your account of effort for the self.
360नम्बर लेना है ना . number lēnā hai nā . number lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . number take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ .
440You want to claim a number, do you not?
361ले सकते हैं . lē saktē haĩ . lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . take[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
441You can claim it.
362अच्छा है आलराउण्डर है . achchhā hai allrounder hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] all-rounder hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] all-rounder be[pres.sg.23] . 363हेल्थ में भी , वेल्थ में सहयोग में भी . health mē̃ bhī , wealth mē̃ sahyōg mē̃ bhī . health mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] , wealth mē̃[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] . health in too , wealth in cooperation in too .
442It is good. 443You are an all-rounder, in health, wealth and giving co-operation.
364अच्छा पार्ट बजा रहे हैं . achchhā part bajā rahē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . achcha play one's part .
444You are playing a good part.
365यह भी साथी हैं . yah bhī sāthī haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this too companion be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 366 ( सिरिन बहन से ) निमित्त यह बनी . ( sirin bahan sē ) nimitt yah banī . ( x bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] ) nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bannā[past-part.f.] . ( x x from ) instrument this become[past-part.f.] . 367आपके उमंग से यह भी आ गये . āpkē umaṅg sē yah bhī ā gayē . āp[pn.pl.kē] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . you[.kē] zeal from this too come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
445This one is also your companion (his wife, Sister Sheeren): She became the instrument; with your enthusiasm, he also came here.
368सारी फैमिली अच्छी है . sārī family achchhī hai . sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] family achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . the whole family achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
446The whole family is good.
369साक्षी भी है और साथी भी है . sākṣhī bhī hai aur sāthī bhī hai . sākṣhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . detached observer too be[pres.sg.23] and companion too be[pres.sg.23] .
447You are a detached observer and a companion.
370अच्छा पार्ट बजाया है , बापदादा खुश है . achchhā part bajāyā hai , bāpdādā khuśh hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha play one's part , BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] .
448You have played a good part. 449BapDada is pleased.
371यह भी बहुत अच्छा पार्ट बजा रही है . yah bhī bahut achchhā part bajā rahī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . this too very achcha play one's part .
450This one is also playing a very good part.
372बापदादा तो देखते रहते हैं ना . bāpdādā tō dēkhtē rahtē haĩ nā . bāpdādā tō dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] nā . BapDada then see[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] ∅ .
451BapDada continues to serve.
373बहुत युक्तियुक्त पार्ट बजा रही हो . bahut yuktiyukt part bajā rahī hō . bahut yuktiyukt[adj.] part bajānā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] . very tactful play one's part .
452You are playing a very yuktiyukt part.
374 ( डा . जैन , दादी जी के डाक्टर बापदादा से मिलने आये हैं ) : अच्छा रोज पढ़ाई पढ़ते हो ? ( ḍā . jain , dādī jī kē|K doctor bāpdādā sē milnē āyē haĩ ) : achchhā rōj paṛhāī paṛhtē hō ? ( ḍā[n.m.;sg.,d.] . jain[n.m.;sg.,d.] , dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jīnā[root]|jī[x]|jīnā[past-part.f.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K doctor bāpdādā sē[postp.] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rōz paṛhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|paṛhānā[past-part.f.] paṛhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? ( x . Jain , Dadi (live[root]|ji|live[past-part.f.]) (of|K) doctor BapDada from receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) : achcha day (study|teach[past-part.f.]) study[pres.pl.m.2] ?
453Dr Jain (Dadiji's doctor came to meet BapDada): Are you studying every day?
375रोज मुरली लेके भी पढ़ो . rōj murlī lēkē bhī paṛhō . rōz murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lēnā[abs.] bhī[p.] paṛhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . day flute take[abs.] too study[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
454Take a murli every day and study it.
376पढ़ तो सकते हैं ना . paṛh tō saktē haĩ nā . paṛhnā[root] tō saknā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . study[root] then can[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .
455You can read it, can you not?
377जो ड्युटी कर रहे हो ना कनेक्शन में , वह ठीक है . jō duty kar rahē hō nā connection mē̃ , vah ṭhīk hai . jō[pn.;d.] duty karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] nā connection mē̃[postp.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that duty do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ∅ connection in , that OK be[pres.sg.23] .
456The duty that you are performing with this connection is fine.
378इसमें प्रोग्रेस करते जाओ . ismē̃ progress kartē jāō . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] progress karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] . this[.mē̃] progress do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] .
457Continue to progress in this.
379 ( दादी हमारी ठीक है ) वह तो बहुत-बहुत ठीक है . ( dādī hamārī ṭhīk hai ) vah tō bahut-bahut ṭhīk hai . ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ham[pn.pl.kī] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) vah[pn.sg.d.] tō bahut ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( Dadi we[.kī] OK be[pres.sg.23] ) that then very OK be[pres.sg.23] .
458(She asked: Is our Dadiji all right?) 459She is very well.
380निमित्त बनी हुई है ना , विशेषता है पार्ट बजाने की . nimitt banī huī hai nā , viśhēṣhtā hai part bajānē kī|key . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā , viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] bajānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key . instrument become[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ , speciality be[pres.sg.23] part play[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) .
460She has become an instrument. 461She has the speciality of playing a special part.
381वह तो अवतार की रीति से पैदा होगी . vah tō avatār kī|key rīti sē paidā hōgī . vah[pn.sg.d.] tō avatār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] paidā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . that then incarnation (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) way from born be[fut.f.sg.23] .
462She will be born as an incarnation.
382 ( सफलता के लिए वरदान दो ) कोई भी काम शुरू करो पहले विशेष याद करो फिर कार्य करो तो सफलता है ही है . ( saphaltā kē liē vardān dō ) kōī bhī kām śhurū karō pahlē viśhēṣh yād karō phir kārya karō tō saphaltā hai hī hai . ( saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] ) kōī bhī[x] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] viśhēṣh[adj.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( success for blessing (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) ) anyone (lust|task) beginning do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (x|firstly) special remember (then|turn[root]) task do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then success be[pres.sg.23] only be[pres.sg.23] .
463(Give us a blessing for success.) 464Before you begin any task, have special remembrance and then begin that task and success will definitely be with you.
383एम . पी . ( भोपाल ) के मिनिस्टर , जज तथा अन्य मेहमान बापदादा से मिल रहे हैं : कोई भी सेवा कर रहे हो , बहुत अच्छा लेकिन अभी विश्व परिवर्तन के कार्य में सहयोगी हो ? aim|M|am . P|pī . ( bhōpāl ) kē|K minister , judge tathā anya mēhmān bāpdādā sē mil rahē haĩ : kōī bhī sēvā kar rahē hō , bahut achchhā lēkin abhī viśhva parivartan kē|K kārya mē̃ sahyōgī hō ? aim|M|be . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . ( bhōpāl ) kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K minister , judge tathā anya[adj.] mēhmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā sē[postp.] milnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] : kōī bhī[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lēkin ab[adv.hī] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sahyōgī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? (x|be) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . ( Bhopal ) (of|K) minister , judge and other guest BapDada from receive[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] : anyone service do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , very achcha but now world transformation (of|K) task in co-operative (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ? 384हैं ? haĩ ? hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
465MP, Minister from Bhopal, Judge and other guests meeting BapDada: Whatever service you are doing, that is very good, but you are now co-operative in the task of world transformation.
385यह संकल्प किया है कि विश्वपारिवर्तन में सदा सहयोगी रहेंगे . yah saṅkalp kiyā hai ki viśvapārivartan mē̃ sadā sahyōgī rahē̃gē . yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] x mē̃[postp.] sadā sahyōgī[adj.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . this thought do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that x in constantly co-operative remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
466You have had the thought that you will constantly remain co-operative in the task of world transformation.
386यह संकल्प किया ? yah saṅkalp kiyā ? yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? this thought do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
467Did you have this thought?
387क्योंकि आप लोग आत्माओं की सेवा बहुत सहज कर सकते हो . kyōṅki āp lōg ātmāō̃ kī|key sēvā bahut sahaj kar saktē hō . kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bahut sahaj[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . because you people soul (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) service very easy do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
468All of you can very easily serve souls.
388कैसे कर सकते हो ? kaisē kar saktē hō ? kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? how do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
469How can you do that?
389आपके सम्पर्क में एक दिन में कितने लोग आते हैं ? āpkē samparka mē̃ ēk din mē̃ kitnē lōg ātē haĩ ? āp[pn.pl.kē] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? you[.kē] x in one day in so people come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
470How many people come into your connection with you every day?
390सम्पर्क में आते हैं ना ! samparka mē̃ ātē haĩ nā ! sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā ! x in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ !
471They do come into contact, do they not?
391और कुछ भी नहीं करो लेकिन जो अपना कार्ड छपाते हो ना , कार्ड तो छपाते हो ना , परिचय का . aur kuchh bhī nahī̃ karō lēkin jō apnā card chhapātē hō nā , card tō chhapātē hō nā , parichay kā . aur kuchh[x] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin jō[pn.;d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] card chhapānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā , card tō chhapānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā , parichay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . x too not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but that (one’s own|adopt[root]) card have printed[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ , card then have printed[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ , introduction of .
472You may not do anything, but on the business cards you have printed, write one or another slogan of knowledge on one side.
392उसके पीछे कोई न कोई ज्ञान का स्लोगन लिखो और उसमें यह लिखो - अगर टेन्शनफ्री होना है तो यह एड्रेस है , कोई सेन्टर की एड्रेस लिखो . uskē pīchhē kōī na kōī gyān kā slōgan likhō aur usmē̃ yah likhō - agar tension-free hōnā hai tō yah address hai , kōī centre kī|key address likhō . uskā[pn.sg.kē] pīchhē kōī na kōī[x] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] slogan likhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur vah[pn.sg.mē̃] yah[pn.sg.d.] likhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - agar tension-free[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] address hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] centre kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key address likhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . of that[.kē] x one .. or another knowledge of slogan write[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and that[.mē̃] this write[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - if tension-free be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then this address be[pres.sg.23] , some centre (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) address write[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 393तो आपकी सेवा हो जायेगी . tō āpkī sēvā hō jāyēgī . tō āp[pn.pl.kī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . then you[.kī] service be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
473Write, "If you want to remain free from tension, this is the address." 474Write down the address of one or another centre and you will be able to do service.
394जिसको रूचि होगी वह आपेही आयेगा . jiskō rūchi hōgī vah āpēhī āyēgā . jō[pn.sg.kō] ruchi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] āpēhī ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . that[.kō] interest be[fut.f.sg.23] that automatically come[fut.m.sg.23] .
475Those who have that interest will come by themselves.
395तो घर बैठे सेवा कर सकते हो . tō ghar baiṭhē sēvā kar saktē hō . tō ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . then home (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) service do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
476So, you can do service while sitting at home.
396कर सकते हो ना . kar saktē hō nā . karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] nā . do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ∅ .
477You can do that, can you not?
397इसमें मुश्किल तो नहीं है ना ? ismē̃ muśhkil tō nahī̃ hai nā ? yah[pn.sg.mē̃] muśhkil[adj.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? this[.mē̃] difficult then not be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
478It is not difficult, is it?
398क्योंकि ईश्वरीय कार्य में अंगुली देना इससे बड़ा पुण्य प्राप्त होता है . kyōṅki īśhvarīy kārya mē̃ aṅgulī dēnā issē baṛā puṇya prāpt hōtā hai . kyōṅki īśhvarīy[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aṅgulī, uṅglī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.sē] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . because Godly task in finger give[inf.m.sg.d.] this[.sē] very charity reached be[pres.sg.m.23] .
479By giving your finger to God's task, you receive a lot of charity.
399उसकी निशानी है गुरूद्वारे में देखो बड़े बड़े वी . आई . पी . भी सेवा करने जाते हैं ? uskī niśhānī hai gurūdvārē mē̃ dēkhō baṛē baṛē we|V . āī|eye|I . P|pī . bhī sēvā karnē jātē haĩ ? vah[pn.sg.kī] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] gurudvārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? that[.kī] sign be[pres.sg.23] Sikh temple in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] very very (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . too service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
480The sign of that is that even the great VIPs go to serve in the Gurudwaras.
400क्यों ? kyō̃ ? kyō̃ ? why ?
481Why?
401जुत्तियां भी सम्भाल के रखते हैं . juttiyā̃ bhī sambhāl kē|K rakhtē haĩ . juttī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] sambhālnā[root]|sambhāl[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . pair of shoes too (be careful[root]|x) (of|K) keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 402क्योंकि पुण्य प्राप्त होता है . kyōṅki puṇya prāpt hōtā hai . kyōṅki puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . because charity reached be[pres.sg.m.23] .
482They even help to look after the shoes because they receive charity.
403तो यह तो डायरेक्ट ईश्वर के कार्य में सहयोगी बनना , कितना पुण्य है और पुण्य की पूंजी साथ में जायेगी और कुछ नहीं जायेगा . tō yah tō direct īśhvar kē|K kārya mē̃ sahyōgī bannā , kitnā puṇya hai aur puṇya kī|key pūñjī sāth mē̃ jāyēgī aur kuchh nahī̃ jāyēgā . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] tō direct īśhvar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key pūṅjī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[fut.f.sg.23] aur kuchh[x] nahī̃[neg] jānā[fut.m.sg.23] . then this then direct God (of|K) task in co-operative become[inf.m.sg.d.] , so charity be[pres.sg.23] and charity (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x with in go[fut.f.sg.23] x not go[fut.m.sg.23] .
483So, to co-operate directly in God's task is so charitable. 484The treasure of charity will go with you - nothing else will go with you.
404तो अपने पुण्य का खाता जमा करते रहो . tō apnē puṇya kā khātā jamā kartē rahō . tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puṇya kā khātā[x] jamā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . then one’s own accounts of charity accumulate .
485So, continue to accumulate in your account of charity.
405स्नेही , सहयोगी बनते रहो . snēhī , sahyōgī bantē rahō . snēhī[adj.] , sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . loving , co-operative become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
486Continue to become loving and co-operative.
406अभी शिव शक्ति होके रहो . abhī śhiv śhakti hōkē rahō . ab[adv.hī] śhiv śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[abs.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now Shiva Shakti be[abs.] remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
487To the guests: Now be a Shiv Shakti.
407शिव परमात्मा साथ है . śhiv paramātmā sāth hai . śhiv paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Shiva Supreme Soul with be[pres.sg.23] . 408शिव शक्ति . śhiv śhakti . śhiv śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . Shiva Shakti .
488God Shiva is with you; you are a Shiv Shakti.
409सदा खुश रहना , कभी भी खुशी नहीं गंवाना . sadā khuśh rahnā , kabhī bhī khuśhī nahī̃ ganvānā . sadā khuśh[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] ganvānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . constantly happy remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , ever too happiness not lose[inf.m.sg.d.] .
489You are always happy, are you not? 490Never lose your happiness.
410 ( महेन्द्र जी से ) अच्छा ग्रुप है . ( mahēndra jī sē ) achchhā group hai . ( mahēndra jīnā[root]|jī[x]|jīnā[past-part.f.] sē[postp.] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( Mahendra (live[root]|ji|live[past-part.f.]) from ) achcha group be[pres.sg.23] .
491To Mahendraji: It is a good group.
411सिर्फ इन्हों को कनेक्शन में रखते हुए आगे बढ़ाते रहो . sirph inhō̃ kō connection mē̃ rakhtē huē āgē baṛhātē rahō . sirph[adj.] yah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] connection mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] āgē baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . only this to connection in keep[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] previously increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
492Simply continue to keep connection with them and enable them to move forward.
412आंध्र प्रदेश के वी . आई . पीज से : यह तो अनुभव करते हो कि हम ईश्वरीय परिवार के सहयोगी साथी हैं . āndhra pradēśh kē|K we|V . āī|eye|I . Ps sē : yah tō anubhav kartē hō ki ham īśhvarīy parivār kē|K sahyōgī sāthī haĩ . āndhra pradēśh[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P sē[postp.] : yah[pn.sg.d.] tō anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] īśhvarīy parivār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sahyōgī[adj.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Andhra Pradesh (of|K) (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . P. from : this then experience do[pres.pl.m.2] that we Godly family (of|K) co-operative companion be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
493VIPs from Andhra Pradesh: You have the experience, do you not, that you are the co-operative companions of God's family?
413सहयोगी हैं ? sahyōgī haĩ ? sahyōgī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? co-operative be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
494Are you co-operative?
414देखो , परमात्म कार्य में सहयोगी बनना , यह कितना पुण्य है . dēkhō , paramātma kārya mē̃ sahyōgī bannā , yah kitnā puṇya hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , Supreme Soul task in co-operative become[inf.m.sg.d.] , this so charity be[pres.sg.23] .
495Look, it is such great charity to be co-operative in God's task.
415क्योंकि जितना सहयोगी बनेंगे , अपने लिए पुण्य जमा करेंगे . kyōṅki jitnā sahyōgī banē̃gē , apnē liē puṇya jamā karē̃gē . kyōṅki jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] jamā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . because the more co-operative become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , one’s own (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) charity accumulate .
496To the extent that you are co-operative so you accumulate charity for yourself accordingly.
416समझते हैं ? samajhtē haĩ ? samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
497Do you understand this?
417और पुण्य की पूंजी साथ चलेगी और सब यहाँ रह जायेगा . aur puṇya kī|key pūñjī sāth chalēgī aur sab yahā̃ rah jāyēgā . aur puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key pūṅjī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[fut.f.sg.23] aur sab[adj.] yahā̃ rahnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . and charity (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x with continue[fut.f.sg.23] and all here remain[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
498The treasure of charity will go with you whereas everything else will be left behind.
418तो जितना हो सके उतना अपने पुण्य की पूंजी इकट्ठी करो . tō jitnā hō sakē utnā apnē puṇya kī|key pūñjī ikaṭṭhī karō . tō jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key pūṅjī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then the more be[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] x one’s own charity (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x together do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
499So, accumulate, as much as possible in your treasure of charity.
419तो जन्म-जन्म यह पुण्य काम आयेगा क्योंकि ईश्वरीय कार्य है ना . tō janm-janm yah puṇya kām āyēgā kyōṅki īśhvarīy kārya hai nā . tō janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] yah[pn.sg.d.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] kyōṅki īśhvarīy[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . then (life|be born[root]) this charity (lust|task) come[fut.m.sg.23] because Godly task be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
500This charity will be useful for you for birth after birth because this is God's task.
420तो जैसे ईश्वर अविनाशी है ना वैसे उनके कार्य में सहयोगी बनना वह भी अविनाशी है . tō jaisē īśhvar avināśhī hai nā vaisē unkē kārya mē̃ sahyōgī bannā vah bhī avināśhī hai . tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] īśhvar[n.m.;sg.,d.] avināśhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vah[pn.pl.kē] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] avināśhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then like God imperishable be[pres.sg.23] ∅ x that[.kē] task in co-operative become[inf.m.sg.d.] that too imperishable be[pres.sg.23] .
501Just as God is imperishable, so to be co-operative in His task is also imperishable.
421तो सहयोग देते रहना . tō sahyōg dētē rahnā . tō sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then cooperation give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
502So, continue to give your co-operation.
422स्वपरिवर्तन और विश्व परिवर्तन . svaparivartan aur viśhva parivartan . x aur viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] . x and world transformation .
503Self-transformation and world transformation.
423कुछ भी हो जाए खुशी कभी नहीं गंवाना . kuchh bhī hō jāē khuśhī kabhī nahī̃ ganvānā . kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] ganvānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . anything be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] happiness ever not lose[inf.m.sg.d.] .
504No matter what happens, never lose your happiness.
424सदा खुश रहना . sadā khuśh rahnā . sadā khuśh[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . constantly happy remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
505Always remain happy.
425अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
506Achcha.
426सदा अपने को परमात्मा के याद से शक्तिशाली बनाना . sadā apnē kō paramātmā kē|K yād sē śhaktiśhālī banānā . sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K yād[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . constantly one’s own to Supreme Soul (of|K) remembrance from powerful create[inf.m.sg.d.] .
507Always make yourself powerful with God's remembrance.
427शिव शक्ति हैं . śhiv śhakti haĩ . śhiv śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Shiva Shakti be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
508You are a Shiv Shakti.
428चारदीवार वाली माता नहीं , शिव शक्ति हो . cāradīvār vālī mātā nahī̃ , śhiv śhakti hō . x vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mātā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] , śhiv śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x those who mother not , Shiva Shakti (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
509You are not a mother enclosed within four walls, but a Shiv Shakti.
429यह निश्चय रखना . yah niśhchay rakhnā . yah[pn.sg.d.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this faith keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .
510Have this faith.
430जस्टिस ईश्वरैय्या ( युगल से ) : खुश हैं . justice īśvaraiyyā ( yugal sē ) : khuśh haĩ . justice x ( yugal[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ) : khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x x ( partner from ) : happy be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
511Justice Ishwaraiya: Are you happy?
431खुशी जायेगी तो नहीं ? khuśhī jāyēgī tō nahī̃ ? khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānā[fut.f.sg.23] tō nahī̃[neg] ? happiness go[fut.f.sg.23] then not ?
512You will not lose your happiness, will you?
432कभी नहीं जाये , सदा खुश रहना . kabhī nahī̃ jāyē , sadā khuśh rahnā . kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , sadā khuśh[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . ever not go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , constantly happy remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
513It should never go. 514Always remain happy.
433खुशनसीब हो जो साथ मिला है . khuśhnasīb hō jō sāth milā hai . khuśhnasīb[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . having the fortune of happiness (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that with receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
515You are fortunate that you have this companionship.
434तो खुश रहना . tō khuśh rahnā . tō khuśh[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then happy remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
516Always remain happy.
435परमात्म कार्य में लग गया तो वह कार्य क्या है ? paramātma kārya mē̃ lag gayā tō vah kārya kyā hai ? paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? Supreme Soul task in x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] then that task what be[pres.sg.23] ?
517If you become engaged in God's task, what is that task?
436यह तो पक्का है , विजयी है . yah tō pakkā hai , vijayī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vijayī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this then firm be[pres.sg.23] , victorious be[pres.sg.23] .
518It is certain that you will become victorious.
437जो भी ईश्वरीय कार्य में सहयोगी बनता है उसको अन्दर खुशी की अनुभूति होती है . jō bhī īśhvarīy kārya mē̃ sahyōgī bantā hai uskō andar khuśhī kī|key anubhūti hōtī hai . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] īśhvarīy[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] andar khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . that too Godly task in co-operative become[pres.sg.m.23] that[.kō] inside happiness (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) experience be[pres.sg.f.23] .
519All of those who become co-operative in God's task internally also experience that happiness.
438तो खुशी होती है ना . tō khuśhī hōtī hai nā . tō khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā . then happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ .
520So, you experience happiness, do you not?
439क्योंकि अविनाशी बाप द्वारा आटोमेटिक प्राप्ति होती है तो सदा खुशनसीब हो . kyōṅki avināśhī bāp dvārā automatic prāpti hōtī hai tō sadā khuśhnasīb hō . kyōṅki avināśhī[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā automatic prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] tō sadā khuśhnasīb[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . because imperishable father through x attainment be[pres.sg.f.23] then constantly having the fortune of happiness (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
521You have automatic attainment from the imperishable Father and so you constantly have the fortune of happiness.
440खुशनसीब हैं और खुशी देने वाले हैं . khuśhnasīb haĩ aur khuśhī dēnē vālē haĩ . khuśhnasīb[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . having the fortune of happiness be[pres.pl.12hon3] and happiness give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
522You have the fortune of happiness and you are those who give happiness.
441ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .
523Is that right?
442अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
524It is good.
525* * * O M S H A N T I * * *